Biodiversity, Biogeography

and Nature Conservation

WALLACEA and NEW GUINEA

Volume I

Dr. Dmitry Telnov, executive editor

The Entomological Society of Latvia

THIS ISSUE SHOULD BE CITED AS FOLLOWS:

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity , Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guin¬

ea. The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga: 434 pp., 92 pis.

SEPARATE ARTICLES SHOULD BE CITED AS FOLLOWS:

Thomas W. 2011. The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilder¬

ness: 7-16. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity , Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New

Guinea. The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga: 434 pp., 92 pis.

ISBN: 978-9984-9768-4-6

PUBLISHER:

The Entomological Society of Latvia

ORDERS:

The Entomological Society of Latvia

c/o Faculty of Biology, Kronvalda bulvaris 4, LV-1586, Riga, Latvia / Lettland / Lettonie

E-mail: adalia@lanet.lv

URL: http://leb.daba.lv

COPYRIGTH NOTICE:

Biodiversity , Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea is published by the

Entomological Society of Latvia and is copyrighted © 2011. All rights reserved.

No parts of this book may be reproduced in any form by digital or mechanical means (including photocopy¬

ing, scanning, recording, or information storage and retrieval) prior to obtaining permission in writing from

the publisher.

EDITING and LAYOUT:

Dr. Dmitry Telnov, anthicus@gmail.com

PRESS:

Jelgavas tipografija, Jelgava, Latvia

DISCLAIMER:

The views and opinions expressed by the authors in this book do not necessarily representor reflect those

of the editor or copyright owners.

While each article or chapter is believed to contain accurate information, neither the editor nor copyright

owners offer any warranty, expressed or implied, or assume any legal liability or responsibility for the ac¬

curacy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, product, or process disclosed, or represent that

its use would not infringe privately owned rights.

Title image: Valley of River Biga in southern Misool (photo: D.Telnov, 2009) on a background of traditional

wood carving of Lake Setani Papuans.

THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED

to Mr. AnDREY ShKARUPIN,

A WELL - KNOWN LATVIAN PHILANTHROPIST,

FOR HIS CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE RESEARCH

AND CONSERVATION OF NATLIRAL HERITAGE

Contents

Foreword: A World Apart . 4

Editorial . 5

Acknowledgements . 6

SECTION ONE: CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES

THOMAS, William: The Forest Stewards: usingtradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilder¬

ness . 7

NYLANDER, Ulf & HUDSON, Michael: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands

in Papua New Guinea, with focus on the insect fauna, especially the Coleoptera (Buprestidae and Ceram-

bycidae) . 17

SECTION TWO: GENERAL BIOGEOGRAPHY

VALLEJO, Benjamin, Jr.: The Philippines in Wallacea . 27

SECTION THREE: INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY

BARTOLOZZI, Luca, CIANFERONI, Fabio & MONTE, Cinzia: Checklist of the Lucanidae (Insecta: Coleop¬

tera) from the Indo-Australian transition zone . 43

BORDONI, Arnaldo: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), V. New species

collected by Alexander Riedel in Arfakand Cyclops Mts., New Guinea . 59

CASSOLA, Fabio: Studies of Tiger Beetles. CXCIV. The Tiger Beetles (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) from

Wallacea and the region of Indo-Australian transitional zone: the present knowledge . 65

GREKE, Kristine: Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the

Papuan region . 69

GREKE, Kristine: First record of the genus Ferrissia Walker, 1903 (Gastropoda: Planorbidae) from the

Papuan region . 77

HAVA, JirF: Key to the species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera) recorded from the island of New Guinea ... 79

KALASHIAN, Mark Yu.: New species of Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Sulawe¬

si, Indonesia . 83

MEDVEDEV, Lev N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from insular systems of SE

Asia . 89

TELNOV, Dmitry: Taxonomische Revision der Gattung Macratria Newman, 1838 (Coleoptera: Anthici-

dae: Macratriinae) aus Wallacea, Neuguinea und den Salomonen . 97

TELNOV, Dmitry: New Gilletinus Boucomont, 1932 (Coleoptera: Geotrupidae: Bolboceratinae) from

Misool, with the key to known species . 287

VITALI, Francesco: Notes on the genus Acalolepta Pascoe, 1858 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) from In¬

donesian Papua and the Moluccas . 291

VOS, Rob de & SUHARTAWAN, Daawia: The Spilosoma group of species from New Guinea and adjacent

islands (Lepidoptera: Erebidae: Arctiinae: Arctiini) . 299

WEIGEL, Andreas & SKALE, Andre: Systematik, Taxonomie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der orien-

talischen und australischen Region (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamiinae). Revision der Gattung Sybra

Pascoe, 1865 und Anmerkungen zu weiteren Gattungen, Teil 2 . 335

ZORN, Carsten: Taxonomic revision of the Anomala cuprascens species-group of Sulawesi and the Pap¬

uan Region. The species with a bidentate protibia (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae) . 351

Index to scientific names . 429

3

Foreword: A World Apart

William F. Laurance

Distinguished Research Professor & Australian Laureate

Prince Bernhard Chair for International Nature Conservation

James Cook University, Cairns, Queensland, Australia

The South Pacific Island of New Guinea and the adjoining archipelago called ‘Wallacea’ - named in

honor of the eminent 19th-century British naturalist Alfred Russell Wallace - are truly a world apart. Alfred

Wallace was, of course, the first to identify the then-mysterious biogeographic disjunction separating the

islands of Southeast Asia on the one hand, and those of Wallacea, New Guinea and Australia on the other.

Today we know that this disjunction - ‘Wallace’s Line’ - results from the vastly different biogeographic

histories of the two regions. Via the Sunda Shelf, the islands of Southeast Asia are closely aligned biologi¬

cally with the Asian mainland, as they have periodically been in direct contact with the mainland during

the Ice Ages, when sea levels plummeted. As a result, they support a distinctively northern, Laurasian

biota - one dominated, for instance, by primates, elephants, cats and other placental mammals, as well

as by many other northern animal and plant groups.

Though barely a stone’s-throw away, the islands of Wallacea and Australasia are separated from the

Sunda Shelf by a plunging deep-sea trench. This biogeographic incision has precluded colonization by

many groups of northern organisms, and as a result Wallacea and Australasia have largely retained their

distinctive Gondwanic character - one dominated by a marsupial fauna that diversified spectacularly over

many millions of years in biogeographic isolation. As the Australasian tectonic plate (technically termed

the ‘Indo-Australian plate’) drifted closer to Southeast Asia, several northern groups, including bats and

rodents, did eventually arrive by flying or overwater dispersal. The result is a complex and unique melange

of biodiversity - one featuring tree-kangaroos and cuscuses as well as the splendid birds of paradise and

‘living fossil’ monotremes.

Today, the islands of New Guinea and Wallacea sustain some of the biologically richest real estate

on Earth - and some of the most imperilled. It is also a region where biological mysteries abound, where

much biodiversity has yet to be scientifically documented. For instance, many botanists believe that New

Guinea sustains 25000 to 30000 plant species in total, but to date only around 13500 species have

been scientifically described. Field surveys in even relatively well-collected areas are still turning up many

undescribed species.

New Guinea and Wallacea are also are homes to a remarkable diversity of peoples. New Guinea

alone supports over a thousand distinctive linguistic groups - more than a third of all living languages on

Earth. This remarkably cultural diversity is a largely by-product of the steep and dissected topography of

the island, which tends to promote social isolation. New Guinea today features towering mountain ranges,

plunging valleys and frequent earthquakes and volcanism - artefacts of the slow but violent collision ongo¬

ing between the Australian tectonic plate and those of the northerly Asian and Pacific regions.

Edited by Dmitry Telnov, this new book - the first in a series on ‘Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature

Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea’ - is a trailblazing effort to initiate a new era in biological re¬

search and nature conservation. Its scope encompasses New Guinea, Wallacea and thousands of smaller

nearby islands, and it includes cutting-edge contributions from an array of outstanding biogeographers

and biologists. It is an authoritative and seminal work, one destined to be invaluable both to professional

scientists and resource managers as well as amateur naturalists and conservationists. It is a vital con¬

tribution to our growing knowledge of one of the most intriguing, important and understudied regions on

Earth.

4

Editorial

When I was nine, I received a very nice present from my parents. This was a book, which turned my

young mind and a significant part of my personal interests in the direction of South-East.

Since the age of seven, I was already an ‘active’ entomologist, devoting all my spare time to searching

for insects, particularly beetles. But the book by Alfred Szklarski 1 {Tomek among headhunters, 1965 or

Tomek wsrod towcowgtow as original in Polish) opened my mind to a completely different world of amaz¬

ing cultures, fierce warriors, bright costumes, exotic fruits and the brilliant nature. It was like a revelation

for a young boy from behind the ‘iron curtain’ of (in those days) ‘soviet’ Latvia. I will avoid the discussion

on how this ‘fateful’ book affected my life, but it was paramount in developing my scientific interest.

Many years passed since reading Szklarski’s book for the first time, and, although the global situa¬

tion has changed. Being professional coleopterist and working with the beetle families of Anthicidae and

Trictenotomidae on a World-scale many years, I never lost the feeling that the Indo-Australian transitional

region, including the Wallacea, New Guinea and thousands of islands in around are still forgotten and the

biological value of this region is extremely underestimated. The need for a regular publication devoted

to the biological and conservation issues of this area was suggested many years ago by numerous biolo¬

gists, biogeographers, evolutionists and nature conservationists from around the globe.

The final bell rang after several visits to the Moluccas, Raja Ampat and New Guinea, which showed

the high demand by the scientific community on web based discussion forums for a place to publish

research on this area. Now after the several years of work and with the assistance of numerous friends

and colleagues, I am pleased to present the first volume of the ‘Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature

Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea’, a unique contribution to the knowledge of the Indo-Australian

transition zone by professionals from 12 countries!

It only remains to be hoped that subsequent research to a wide audience continues to be published.

We will try to realize the plans of further volumes in order to contribute to the research and protection of

biological and cultural diversity of the World’s ‘hottest’ biodiversity hotspot.

Dmitry Telnov, PhD.

The Entomological Society of Latvia

Riga, 11 May, 2011

1 Alfred Szklarski (January 21, 1912 in Chicago - April 9, 1992 in Katowice) was a popular Polish author of

youth literature. His books have been translated also to Russian and Bulgarian.

5

Acknowledgements

This work has had a long history and was brought to fruition through the support of numerous people. I

would express my deep gratitude to these friends, relatives, colleagues and their institutions!

Members and Board of the Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga (http://leb.daba.lv) and the President,

Prof., Dr. Voldemars SPUNGIS in person

Maxwell V.L. BARCLAY, M.Sc. (The Natural History Museum, London, United Kingdom)

Ronald BELLSTEDT, M.Sc. (Museum der Natur Gotha, Germany)

Matthias HARTMANN, M.Sc. (Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany)

Martins KALNINS, M.Sc. (Nature Conservation Agency, Sigulda, Latvia) and Zane PlPKALEJA, M.Sc. (Sig-

ulda, Latvia)

William F. LAURANCE, Prof., Dr. (Centre for Tropical Environmental and Sustainability Science, James Cook

University, Cairns, Australia)

Darren J. MANN, M.Sc. (Oxford University Museum of Natural History, United Kingdom)

Pamela SCHMIDT, M.Sc. (Berlin, Germany)

AndreySHKARUPIN, M.Sc. (Riga, Latvia)

Rob de VOS, Dr. (Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, The Netherlands) and the Papua Insect

Foundation (http://www.papua-insects.nl)

Laszlo WAGNER (Budapest, Hungary), the most competent Indonesia guide (http://east-indonesia.info)

My dear family - wife Kristine GREKE, M.Sc., son Edwin TELNOV and daughter Alisa TELNOVA - for their

support and understanding, as also for participation our expeditions

My parents Alexander and Inna TELNOV (Riga, Latvia) and Kristine’s parents Vitolds and Irina GREKIS

(Riga, Latvia) are thanked for patience and sleepless nights during our tours to the study area

All the friendly and welcoming people of the Moluccas, Raja Ampat, New Guinea and Sulawesi who shared

their amazing islands, cultures, even homes with us, and provided all other assistance during our

frequent visits

Any other person friendly contributed to this issue, especially Filipp KOVALEVSKY (Moscow, Russia) and

Alexander RIEDEL, Dr. (Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe, Germany)

All papers are peer reviewed, and we take this opportunity to thank all our referees

6

Thomas W.: The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilderness

The Forest Stewards:

using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s

Star Mountain wilderness

William Thomas

New Jersey School of Conservation, Montclair State University, Branchville, New Jersey, U.S.A.;

thomasw@mail.montclair.edu

Abstract: The Star Mountains wilderness on the island of New Guinea presents a unique opportunity to conserve a

region of global significance. Stretching for nearly 300 km, it straddles the international boundary of the independent

nation of Papua New Guinea and the Indonesian province of West Papua. This is the largest stand of forest in the

Pacific and may be the most biologically diverse area in New Guinea. It is also the source of New Guinea’s four

great rivers and the continued viability of New Guinea’s coastal ecosystems and reefs depends on the quality of

this watershed. However, a conservation project of this magnitude can only succeed with the cooperation of the

local people. In this paper, I describe an initiative for creating partnerships with the local people called “The Forest

Stewards”, that is being piloted with the Hewa people at the headwaters of the Strickland River. The aim of the

Forest Stewards initiative is to conserve both the biological diversity of this region and the cultural diversity that

has shaped it by fostering environmental and cultural stewardship in traditional forest societies. We are helping

these societies to market their traditional knowledge by building formal relationships with nonprofit institutions

such as museums, universities or NGO’s that will pay for the opportunity to manage the collections that the Forest

Stewards communities make available. Participating communities agree to become partners with these institutions

to manage their traditional knowledge. This initiative requires the participants to steward the forests and traditions

that have shaped them, but offers traditional societies an alternative to deforestation.

Keywords: New Guinea, conservation, traditional knowledge, Forest Stewards, Star Mountains.

Introduction

The island of New Guinea is renowned for

its biological and cultural diversity. It has been

estimated that 1200 distinct languages are spoken

on this island and it has forests rivaling those found

in Amazonia. New Guinea has retained 75 percent

of its original vegetation and is home to over 700

species of birds, the world’s largest and smallest

parrots, the largest pigeons and the world’s largest

butterfly - Queen Alexandra’ Bird-wing {Ornithoptera

alexandrae Rothschild, 1907). The island contains

an estimated 9000 species of plants, including

1500 species of trees and 2700 species of orchids

(Meyers etal. 2000).

The Star Mountains wilderness, which

straddles the international boundary of the

independent nation of Papua New Guinea (PNG)

and the Indonesian province of West Papua, is the

largest and the most significant expanse of forest

on the island. Cutting through the heart of the New

Guinea (Fig. 1), the headwaters of New Guinea’s

four great rivers: the Digul, the Fly, the Sepik, and

the Idenburg all originate in this region. This vast

natural area stretches for nearly 300 kilometers

and is virtually unexplored. Recent analyses have

identified this rainy upland zone as the richest in

biodiversity in this island (Beehler 1993). This region

is also home to some of New Guinea’s most remote

societies. The conservation of the Star Mountains

is vital not only to these societies, but also to

the continued viability of New Guinea’s coastal

ecosystems and reefs - unique marine ecosystems

that rely on the pristine waters delivered by the

uplands of the Star Mountains. A conservation

project of this magnitude can only succeed through

the cooperation of the local people. The cultures

inhabiting this region represent a treasure house

of knowledge and are potential partners in the

conservation of a globally significant wilderness.

Rather than squander this opportunity by creating

a “paper park” (i.e. a park that exists on national

maps but has no local support), we have chosen

to pursue a more dynamic strategy by creating

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

partnerships with the local people to conserve both

the biological diversity of this region.

In what follows, I will introduce a program that

we are piloting with the Hewa people of Papua

New Guinea called the “Forest Stewards” that we

believe will become the model for conserving the

Star Mountains wilderness. This program combines

modern ecology with traditional environmental

knowledge to produce a partnership aimed at

conserving the biological and cultural heritage of

the Hewa. The Forest Stewards differs from many

conservation programs that have partnered with

indigenous people in one very important respect-- it

does not rely on the special relationship indigenous

people have with their lands to conserve biological

diversity. Instead it treats traditional human activity

as a source of disturbance that must be harnessed

so that it continues to produce a biologically diverse

landscape.

Background

Today the homelands of indigenous societies

contain much of the earth’s remaining biological

heritage (Robles 2002). The apparent compatibility

of tradition with biological diversity has, in turn,

spawned an interest in understanding traditional

management systems (Barrett et. al. 2001);

collecting traditional ecological knowledge (TEK)

(Folke 2004; Ludwig et al. 2001); and potentially

using traditional practices as templates for

biodiversity conservation (Posey 1988). This in turn

has opened the possibility of cooperation between

two groups that might seem to be natural allies -

conservationists and indigenous people (Nabhan

2001). Advocates for this alliance had essentially

assumed that indigenous societies had learned to

minimize their impact on the land (Smith 1984).

The idea that indigenous people have a special

relationship with their land - a relationship that has

prevented them from destroying their biological

heritage and will enable them to continue to

conserve their lands for future generations, is one

of our most cherished stereotypes. Yet prior to

embarking on these partnerships for conservation,

no consensus had emerged concerning the

relationship between traditional life and biological

diversity (West, Brechin 1991). For many, the

twenty-year experiment of involving indigenous

people in conservation is proving to be a disaster

for nature and the enthusiasm for partnerships

with indigenous communities has waned (Soule

2000; Chatty, Colchester 2002; Chapin 2004). The

importance of local involvement in conservation

may have blinded advocates to the realities of

traditional life. Is it the aim of traditional land

managers to conserve biodiversity or is biodiversity

an unintentional side-effect of traditional life

(Posey, Balee 1989; Parker 1992; Smith, Wishnie

2000)?

I propose that in order to reverse the current

trends, we will first need to deconstruct this latest

version of the noble savage by removing the

Conserving the Core of New Guinea's Biodiversity

Figure 1. The Star Mountains wilderness stretches for about 300 km and contains some of the richest biodiversity

in Papua New Guinea. Its biological impact is felt all the way to the coasts and reefs of the island, making its

conservation a vital priority. It is also home to great cultural diversity and communities who have rich heritages and

intimate knowledge about the land and its species.

*=***- 1 f "7

8

Thomas W.: The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilderness

burden of maintaining a “balance” with nature and

reconciling human activity with disturbance and

its role as the creator and destroyer of biodiversity.

While the romanticized version of a traditional

society living in balance with it’s surrounding may be

appealing, it flies in the face of historical evidence

(Diamond 1986; Denevan 1992). In light of our

ability to now see organisms invisible to the naked

eye and understand their connection to functioning

ecosystems, it seems a reach to expect indigenous

landowners to anticipate the needs of organisms

they cannot see. Moreover, there has been a shift by

ecologists from a focus on balance to disturbance

in ecosystems that has gone unrecognized by those

who continue to portray traditional societies as “in

balance” with their surroundings (Smith 1984;

Hames 1991).

It had been assumed that the most biologically

diverse ecosystems were the most stable (Reice

1994). This assumption fit nicely with the traditional

western view of the universe as a collection of

parts, connected into a machine-like system that

has been designed to be predictable, balanced

and ultimately controllable by humans (Goerner

1994). Under this rubric, a balanced ecosystem

is therefore a stable system in terms of species

composition (Reice 1994). From this perspective,

the conservation of tropical forests will require

that we develop a complete inventory of the

species in the system, detailing how each species

is connected to one another. Once this “blueprint”

for conservation is developed, our goal will be to

maintain this system of internal relationships - i.e.

the balance or equilibrium of the system. So much

of the science needed to conserve our natural world

consists of developing an inventory of these parts,

that it seems that we have been developing such

blueprints. Yet success in the form of a final product

or blueprint has eluded us. Natural systems have

proven to be extremely complex, difficult to define

and rarely, if ever, in a state of equilibrium. After

centuries of cataloguing nature’s parts, the world

continues to be a frustrating machine to keep in

balance.

The difficulty in defining extremely complex

systems has led ecologists to abandon the

equilibrium model and instead concentrate on the

dynamic components of an ecosystem (Pickett et

al. 1991). In this dynamic paradigm, the balance

of nature concept is described as non-scientific

(Pickett, White 1985). Unfortunately, the shift has

gone unrecognized by many anthropologists (Smith

1984:3). Authors continue to portray traditional

societies as “in balance” or describe a practice

Q $

as “adaptive”. Yet, this use of terms drawn from

ecology and evolutionary biology is often outmoded

(Hames 1991). Current ecological research has

instead focused on the role of non-equilibrium

factors, commonly referred to as disturbance, in

the enhancement of biodiversity (Reice 1994:924).

Ecologists define a disturbance as any “relatively

discrete event that disrupts a population,

community or ecosystem and changes resources

available” (Pickett, White 1985). Disturbance

is unpredictable, nonselective and can produce

effects that will vary from minutes to centuries

in duration (Pickett et al. 1991). Disturbance can

come in any size, at any time and produce effects

that will vary from minutes to centuries in duration.

It should not to be confused with predation because

predation is intrinsic to the life of the prey species’ -

prey adapt to it (Reice 1994:428). While we typically

think of disturbance as phenomena like storms

that originate outside of an ecosystem, ecologists

have discovered rich, dynamic and unpredictable

behavior arising from the internal dynamics of

laboratory populations without an external source

of disturbance (May 1989:37). Disturbance

creates the patchiness that characterizes many

environments and this patchiness translates into

niches that present opportunities for colonization

by new species (May 1989). By creating a mosaic

of environments that prevents the extinction of

competing species, disturbance serves to promote

a high degree of species richness (Connell 1978).

Recovery from disturbance - not equilibrium - is

the normal state of affairs in any ecosystem (Reice

1994:427).

The underlying assumption of much of the

research into the relationship between traditional

societies and their environment has been that

these non-western societies have learned

to minimize their impact, i.e. not disturb the

balance of nature. However, not only does the

research indicate that ecosystems are rarely, if

ever, in a state of equilibrium; it also seems that

greater species diversity is found in systems that

experience disturbance. Therefore there is no

sense in searching for clues to an indigenous

society’s ability to maintain the natural balance

in ecosystems that have no inherent tendency

toward balance. Instead, I believe that traditional

activities should be examined as possible sources

of disturbance. Essentially the linkage between

diversity and disturbance can be reduced to this:

In terms of its ability to generate biodiversity,

disturbance is a scale related phenomena. It

enriches two measures of diversity by creating

9

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

more habitats (gamma diversity) and containing

more organisms (greater alpha diversity) than

an unaltered landscape. Too much or too little

disturbance produces environments that are not as

diverse as those that are continually subjected to

minor disturbances (Terborgh 1992).

The implications of the above mentioned

research have forced conservationists to reconsider

our notions concerning the nature of wilderness

(Mittemeyer et. al. 2003). Nowhere has this

paradigm shift had more impact than in Amazonia.

The Amazonia wilderness, while home to incredible

biodiversity, is not “pristine” in the sense that it is

untouched by humans (Balee 1995). Here historical

ecologists have begun to paint a more nuanced

picture of the relationship of traditional societies

to biological diversity, characterizing Amazonian

forests as a tribute to the “immense transformative

power of prehistoric humans” (Graham 1998).

Amazonian societies are now seen as master

manipulators, intensely managing their forests

to produce a mosaic of habitats (Posey 1985;

Johnson 1989; Balee 1994). While the biological

diversity of any plot may initially plummet as it the

land is manipulated - i.e. cleared for gardens -- this

decline in diversity is not necessarily permanent

and in many cases will eventually become part of

a mosaic with greater diversity than the original

landscape (Balee 1998). Societies in New Guinea,

like their Amazonian counterparts, have been

described as developing traditions that enable

them to coexist with biological diversity (Sillitoe

1996). Yet if practices like gardening are in fact

small-scale disturbances that traditionally have

created biologically diverse mosaics, they will have

important implications for the ability of local people

to become partners in the conservation of their

lands.

The Hewa

The Hewa number fewer than 2000, yet they

are the only inhabitants of about 65000 hectares

of hilly and submontane forest in the uppermost

Strickland River, a region on the eastern edge of the

Star Mountains wilderness. This area is extremely

rugged. There are no roads, few airstrips and none of

the fertile valleys found in New Guinea’s highlands.

In 1993, a national conservation needs assessment

identified this are as a conservation priority for

the nation of Papua New Guinea (Swartzend ruber

1993). The microclimate associated with altitude

and terrain effectively confines Hewa horticulture

between the altitudes of 500 m at the riverbank

and the base of the mountain wall at 1500 m, with

the majority of these gardens below 1000 m. The

Hewa raise their gardens, relying primarily on sweet

potato ( Ipomoea batatas), yams ( Dioscorea sp.),

banana ( Musa sp.) and to a lesser degree cassava

( Manihot esculenta) and pumpkin ( Cucurbita

maxima ) as food crops. Scattered throughout the

area are several species of Pandanus and Pangium

edule trees that the Hewa claim individually.

The seasonal ripening of these trees, as well as

gathering other wild foods and hunting, provides

the Hewa with some sustenance. However gardens

are the primary source of food. Each year the

typical household clears and plants an average of

four 100 m2gardens. Like many New Guineans, the

Hewa re-use their gardens. In order to use as much

of the fence surrounding an old garden as possible,

the Hewa cut new gardens adjacent to previous

ones, thereby creating a chain of old and new

gardens. The established gardens seldom lie fallow

for more than twenty-five years, at which time their

secondary forest cover is cut, burned and cleared

and a new garden planted. The result is a mosaic

on the surrounding hillsides comprised primarily

of primary forest interspersed with small plots of

land in the garden / fallow cycle. This mosaic of

new gardens, grasslands, succession and primary

forest increases the number of environments and

hence one measure of the biodiversity of this

territory. It is the gardening cycle that is the most

important factor in shaping this environment and

has the greatest implications for conservation of

these forests.

However in over twenty years of fieldwork, I

have never heard the Hewa use the term “balance”

to describe their relationship to the land. Instead

the Hewa describe their traditional activities as

creating a mosaic of garden Agwe, grassland

Poghali, old garden Agwe Teli, old garden “true”

Agwe Teli Popi and primary forest Nomakaie - each

with a set of pollinators and seed dispersal agents

that are impacted by the Hewa cutting the forest

to establish and maintain gardens. Because New

Guinea is east of the Wallace line, the island lacks

many of the mammalian agents of seed dispersal

found to the west in Indonesia. In order to assess

the compatibility of the traditional Hewa lifestyle

with biodiversity, I have asked my informants to

describe the impact of traditional gardening on

New Guinea’s primary agents of seed dispersal --

birds. Well known to both local and international

naturalists, birds are the key to forest conservation

in New Guinea (Schodde 1973).

Thomas W.: The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilderness

As the sole speakers of their language, the

Hewa are the gatekeepers of the millennia of

observations about the natural world embedded

in their language and culture. The biggest difficulty

in working with a population that speaks a unique

language is obviously communication. In this case,

the problem of cross-cultural communication was

complicated by our desire to establish a common

understanding between Hewa and western

naturalists concerning the relationship between

tradition and biodiversity that would become the

basis for a local conservation plan. Ultimately, the

Hewa understanding of birds has provided us with a

way to use traditional knowledge to facilitate cross-

cultural communication. Birds are an established

indicator of biological diversity (Schodde 1973;

Coates 1985; Beehler et. al. 1986). By recording

traditional knowledge of birds and the impact of

human activity on them, we have established a

common ground on which to build a conservation

program for these forests. These techniques have

been recognized by UNESCO as a “Best Practice”

in the use of indigenous knowledge (http://www.

unesco.org/shs/most).

Like western ornithologists, the Hewa associate

species with altitude and habitat. Although the

western genus and species classifications do not

correspond to the Hewa folk taxa (to date the

184 bird species correspond to 128 folk taxa), it

is more important for our purposes that my Hewa

informants recognize the impact that human

disturbance of the primary will forest will have on

avian diversity. As expected, the Hewa are keenly

aware of the linkage between a birds and habitat.

They indicate that some species are associated

exclusively with primary forest and that others can

make use of forests that the Hewa describe as the

oldest secondary forest growth, i.e. forest that has

been growing for twenty or more years. Experience

has taught the Hewa that cutting the primary forest

will eliminate at least thirty-three percent of birds

(56 species) that can only live in primary forest.

The effect of gardening on the habitat preferences

of fruit and nectar eating birds is particularly

important to biodiversity conservation because, if

the scale of habitat modification / disturbance is of

sufficient magnitude, the Hewa will compromise the

forest’s ability to regenerate by limiting the habitats

preferred by the agents of regeneration - fruit and

nectar eating birds.

According to the Hewa, frugivores are rare

in secondary forest growth that is younger than

twenty years. Their gardens create an environment

that is hostile to the fruit-doves ( Ptilinopus sp.) and

some species of lorikeets ( Charmosyna sp.). Both

species are vital to forest regeneration. In general,

the Hewa report that human disturbance creates

environments that are hostile to many species

identified exclusively with New Guinea’s forests.

The vulturine parrot Psittrichas fulgidus (Lesson,

1830), pheasant pigeon Otidiphaps nobilis (Gould

1870), blue-collared parrot Geoff royus simplex

(Meyer 1874), wattled brush turkey Aepypodius

arfakianus (Salvadori, 1877), hornbill Rhyticeros

plicatus (Forster, 1781), flame bowerbird Sericulus

aureus (Linneaus, 1758), and purple-tailed imperial

pigeon Ducula rufigaster (Quoy et Gaimard, 1830)

are just a few of the species that the Hewa say will

not be found in secondary forests.

The Forest Stewards Initiative

Armed with a common understanding of the

effects of habitat disturbance on biodiversity as

well as our desire to create a sustainable future for

future generations, we launched an initiative aimed

at conserving the bio-cultural phenomenon (see

Maffi 2001) of the Hewa and their forests called

the Forest Stewards initiative. The most valuable

things that the Hewa have are their forests and

traditions. Rather than expect the Hewa to forego

the sale of their forests, we decided to capitalize

these assets by marketing their forests and

traditions to institutions that value them intact,

such as universities. In exchange for payment, the

Hewa have agreed to keep their forests intact and

their TEK alive.

In 2005, the first stage of the Forest Stewards

initiative began with the Hewa in the Southern

Highlands province of Papua New Guinea. Although

the Hewa come in contact with their more affluent

highland neighbors, they have no economic

opportunities in their homeland and remain semi-

nomadic subsistence farmers. They see the Forest

Stewards program as an opportunity to develop a

school, an aid post and some small businesses that

will make life better for all without sacrificing their

land to logging or mining interests. We launched

the initiative by first developing a team of mentors.

Before we could market the traditional knowledge

of the Hewa, it was necessary to assemble a team

of local experts. These would be the first Hewa to

work with our partner institutions. Over the years

of working with the Hewa, I have developed a

reputation as a willing student who paid for the

most knowledgeable mentors. This reputation

made it easy to attract the finest Hewa teachers

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

once we were ready to launch the Forest Stewards

project.

lnthisinitialstageoftheproject,thereweremany

more applicants for the Forest Stewards positions

than we could accommodate. For the current Flewa

project at Wanakipa station, I interviewed over 40

potential applicants for mentor positions with the

Forest Stewards project. Fifteen-one from each of

the clans that occupy the mountains around the

confluence of the Strickland and the Laigaip - were

chosen to participate in the natural history portion

of the Forest Stewards. Positions are filled through

competitive examinations and paid accordingtothe

customary wage rate set by the local community.

Next the participants chose to create “Living

Classrooms” along the streams and valleys that are

the forest drainages and the local clan territorial

boundaries. These natural boundaries act as

wildlife corridors and have been dubbed “Roads

of the Cassowary”. Each will be allowed to return

to primary forest and used by the Forest Stewards

as classrooms to instruct the next generation.

No gardens will be cut here. These will in effect

become game corridors that will extend from the

river’s edge to the mountaintop (500-1500 m).

These corridors will thread between the scattered

gardens and stages of succession forest to link

cassowary habitat across the valleys. Cassowaries,

the largest birds in New Guinea, will be protected in

these areas. The cassowary is the most charismatic

of the local fauna and an excellent indicator of

ecosystem diversity. Although cassowaries are

plentiful above 800 meters, my Hewa mentors

understand that the habitat simplification that

comes with gardening and the establishment of

a station at Wanakipa have created habitat that

cassowaries avoid. By allowing the drainages to

return to climax forest, future Hewa generations

should experience cassowaries at all elevations.

For othergame hunting, onlytraditional hunting

with bows will be allowed along these boundaries.

The Forest Stewards will monitor these areas using

digital cameras, making monthly patrols for which

they will receive a monthly compensation of $30.

Each patrol should take approximately four days or

48 days per year per mentor.

Finally, along with their role as guardians

of these “Living Classrooms”, Forest Steward

mentors will each be assigned an apprentice

who will accompany them in their work on the

monthly surveys of the corridors. Apprentices

will be tested on a yearly basis by the Advisory

Committee to ascertain their progress as a student

of traditional environmental knowledge. After

successfully completing each of the five stages of

the examination process, I anticipate that each

apprentice will eventually inherit their mentor’s

work.

We estimate that it will take ten years for each

Forest Stewards project to become self-sustaining.

Our initial Forest Stewards project with the Hewa

is off to a good start. We are helping the Hewa

to capture their traditions and have created a

“business” based upon their environment, culture

and knowledge that is unique to that site. To date,

the project has attracted researchers from the

Harvard Museum and Montclair State University, as

well as creating partnerships with the Indo-Pacific

Conservation Alliance and the Bishop Museum.

We have begun working with scientist from these

institutions to build the collections of plants and

creatures (the “product”), that will become the

foundation of our income generating / business

activities. Participants in the Forest Stewards

program are being helped to “market” their

traditional assets and knowledge through special

relationships with nonprofit research institutions.

These “buyers” of indigenous knowledge would

be natural history museums, universities and

conservation organizations. Communities who

participate in the Forest Stewards program agree

to become partners with these institutions, who

will then assist them in managing their traditional

knowledge by making the community’s shared

collections available to “buyers”. Ranging from the

general public to researchers, these buyers will, in

turn, pay for the opportunity to study the collections

that the Forest Stewards communities are willing to

make available. The buyers will not actually “own”

anything. Instead they will market and manage their

collection for the benefit of the partnership - the

institution and the local community. The intellectual

property will belong to the community in perpetuity

and with Forest Stewards approval will be available

for study by bona fide researchers.

Meanwhile, other interested communities in

the Star Mountains have expressed an interest

in establishing a Forest Stewards program in

their communities. During the next three years, I

anticipate continuing the program with the Hewa,

and beginning another Forest Stewards program

with two societies in the Strickland drainage - the

Sisimen on the north side of the Om River and

the Mt. Kajende people at the headwaters of the

Laigaip River. If funding allows, the same process of

conserving biodiversity and tradition, will begin in

the Star Mountains on the Indonesian side of New

Guinea.

12

i

9

Thomas W.: The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilderness

While the Forest Stewards project is gaining

momentum, there is much to do. We will need

to spend much of the next decade creating the

infrastructure that will allow the Forest Stewards

project to be self-sustaining. Specifically we will

need to:

1. Develop the knowledge collection: there will need

to be a more comprehensive biodiversity survey

developed in order to document the local names of

all the biota and to record the traditional uses of all

local wildlife, plants, and the like. This will comprise

the core of the local knowledge library. Local

collectors will be trained to digitally photograph

and preserve voucher specimens of all flora and

fauna. These will be linked to information on local

name, local use, and local lore. The community

naturalists will contribute their knowledge of local

species (behavior, ecology, etc.), all of which will go

into a locally held library of knowledge managed by

local experts and organized by key subjects. This

will be, in essence, an ethnological / environmental

/ linguistic field study center, where the information

given by the elders will also be housed.

So that the Hewa will have a copy of

everything, we plan to create books of the myths,

lore, language etc. that will be housed at Wanakipa

station. These books will be written in both English

and the local language, and will also serve the

pre-literate community through the use of pictures

and symbols. I am in the process of developing a

local language guide on birds based on traditional

Hewan knowledge to be housed in our local library

of knowledge. This book will be delivered in 2011.

At the same time, partner institutions will serve as

a permanent repository for all voucher material,

and, in return, will cover the cost of the salaries for

the local stewards to make and document these

collections. For their efforts, the partner institution

will receive a priceless and comprehensive

collection of the flora /fauna / material culture of a

unique New Guinea society, and the community will

begin to see the value of its cultural and biological

inheritance.

2. Develop knowledge-based enterprise projects:

it is our intent that self-sustaining activities will

be established with funding support from the

partner institutions. Therefore, the aforementioned

knowledge library will also double as a field station

for research. As the community completes its

knowledge library, and as residents become more

steeped in this knowledge, the library will attract

more researchers and students, much the same

way scientists are attracted to long-standing field

stations. Here powerful and cutting-edge research

can be conducted in partnership with a savvy, well

trained, and very knowledgeable local community.

It is this that will bring economic opportunity.

For example, an ornithologist coming to this

community to conduct bird surveys will find young

field assistants who know the names, habits, and

vocalizations of all the birds -a boon to the research.

Visiting linguists can expect a welcome reception

from the array of local language historians who

have worked together to document the richness of

the customary language. An ethnologist who works

here will benefit from a widespread interest in all

aspects of the society’s customs and traditional

lifestyle. It is likely that partner institutions may

want to establish their own field stations on the site

and arrange for annual field scientist visits. This will

provide employment opportunities for members of

the Hewa community.

Although the Hewa speak a spattering of Pidgin,

the aim of the Forest Stewards is to conserve as

much as possible of this unique culture in their own

language, so that less will be lost in translation. So

that knowledge team members can communicate

with their research partners, an adult literacy

program will be introduced in the participating

community. The Hewa Forest Stewards program has

received commitments from partners to begin an

adult literacy program in 2009. Some community

participants must also learn English to make their

knowledge more accessible to researchers and to

ensure long-term employment opportunities for

the community. At the same time, local knowledge

schools will be created wherein the elders will

convey their knowledge of language, nature,

community history, stories / myths, skills, products

/ crafts etc. to the next generation of knowledge

stewards and researchers. This will establish the

first steps toward capturing and conserving local

knowledge.

3. Create a community endowment: it is my hope

that this project will attract enough partners and

funding to fund an endowment. This endowment -

would have two objectives: First, it should enable

the community to meet the yearly expenses of the

mentors (ensuring, for example, that Hewa get paid

throughout the year to look after the corridor areas)

without touching the fund’s principle. Second, the

endowment should fund non-profit activities like

community health care and literacy. At present, the

community seems to be focused on enhancing the

educational materials available at the school and

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

supplying the aid post. We have six trained Hewan

health workers (courtesy of the Lutheran hospital

in Enga) currently living at Wanakipa station.

Eventually as the endowment grows and access

fees replenish the principal, the Forest Stewards

will be assured of long-term sustainability. This is

why partners with a long-term stake in New Guinea

- like the Bishop Museum - are so important.

Both the institution and the scientists that it links

with the Forest Stewards can profit professionally

from working with the knowledge library as well

as working in person with the Forest Stewards.

These scientists are accustomed to paying for the

privilege, and the partner institution is willing to

provide a conduit for the Hewa and other groups to

receive these funds. By establishing an endowment

and affordable pay rates for the participants in New

Guinea, this project aims to provide a predictable

level of income for the participants and avoid the

pitfalls associated with inconsistent funding.

Discussion

Forest Stewards project represents a paradigm

shift for conservation in the twenty-first century.

Although it is always dangerous to generalize to

other cultures, the Hewa have put their land use

in a context that illustrates the perils of conflating

a small-scale disturbance regime with sustainable

management. Rather than portraying themselves

as capable of performing a super human balancing

act, the Hewa describe their traditional gardening

purely as a source of disturbance on this landscape.

At the current level of gardening, the Hewa actually

increase the biodiversity of their lands. By felling

the forest, they create a mosaic of primary forest,

secondary forest, grasslands, gardens and the

various phases of succession growth (gamma

diversity). They also create habitats for organisms

that cannot survive in the primary forest (alpha

diversity). However, gardening creates areas that

are lower in biodiversity than the surrounding

primary forest, as well as a succession environment

that will not be visited by most of the fruit and nectar

eating birds this forest depends on for regeneration.

Known as beta diversity, this comparative measure

of biological diversity can serve as a warning that

each stage of forest regeneration will be less

diverse than the primary forest. The Hewa are

creating habitats each of which is less diverse than

the primary forest. The current diversity is a by¬

product of traditional land use by a small, mobile

society. While the current mosaic is more diverse

than mountains covered exclusively in undisturbed

primary forest, the replacement of primary forest

by secondary growth will diminish the biodiversity

of the Hewa homeland. Their knowledge of this

dynamic provides an important insight into the

ability of indigenous man to use the environment

without compromising the biological diversity.

Through local empowerment and capacity

building, this approach offers an isolated forest

society a pathway toward sustainable economic

development that also fosters nature conservation.

We believe the most valuable resources to be

found in the Star Mountains wilderness are its

people and remarkable biodiversity. This project

turns culture, language and land rights - normally

seen as barriers to development and conservation

- into assets by placing a monetary value on them.

Typically, traditional languages are jettisoned by

smaller societies, because they pose a barrier

to assimilation and the creation of wealth in the

modern world. For the Forest Stewards partners,

language will be an asset -the key to empowerment

and income. These native languages hold the key

to unlocking the natural world that Forest Stewards

communities have managed for centuries. By

fostering intergenerational and cross-cultural

communication, the Forest Stewards program

allows communities to use their traditions to

participate more fully in decisions about resource

conservation. Such dialogues can help to promote

sustainable development and resilience in

otherwise fragile ecosystems (Aubel 2010; Moller,

Lyver2010). In remote areas with no other source of

income, we believe thatthe Forest Stewards concept

offers the possibility to both meet the aspirations

of developing societies, while conserving globally

significant forests.

We understand that the Forest Stewards

program will influence the development trajectory

of the Hewa community. However, because we have

established a linkage between the biodiversity

found in these forests and tradition, as well as

between this product and payment, we believe

that we can avoid the development of a “cargo

cult” mentality wherein communities expect that

foreigners will give the community goods and

services unconditionally. We also understand that

the Hewa will develop regardless of the program’s

efforts, and that, given the PNG context of resource

exploitation, the options bestowed by the program

provide irrefutably more benefit than detriment.

All involved understand that without the forests

to keep their traditional environmental knowledge

alive, there can be no Forest Stewards program.

Thomas W.: The Forest Stewards: using tradition to conserve New Guinea’s Star Mountain wilderness

In the long run, the Forest Stewards concept

presents the possibility of conserving cultural and

ecological resources for future generations, who

given the opportunity to understand the value

of these resources will take measures to protect

them. By mobilizing individuals who are dedicated

to empowering other members of their community,

we are confident that we will conserve Melanesia’s

most important wilderness and the cultures that

have shaped it.

Acknowledgements

The author wishes to express his thanks to

the National Geographic Society, Porgera Joint

Venture, Conservation International, the Indo-

Pacific Conservation Association and the Explorers

Club for their support of this project.

References

Aubel J. 2010. Elders, a Cultural Resource for Promoting

Sustainable Development. In: Assadourian E. (ed.)

2010 State of the World. W. Norton, New York: 41-

46.

Balee W. 1994. Footprints of the Forest: Ka’apor

ethnobotany - the Historical Ecology of Plant

Utilization by an Amazonian People. Columbia

University Press, New York: 396 pp.

Balee W. 1995. Historical Ecology of Amazonia. In:

Sponsel L. (ed.) Indigenous Peoples and the Future

of Amazonia: An Ecological Anthropology of an

Endangered World. University of Arizona Press,

Tucson: 312 pp.

Balee W. 1998. Introduction. In: Balee W. (ed.) Advances

in Historical Ecology. Columbia University Press,

New York: 1-10.

Barrett C.B., Brandon K., Gibson C., Gjertsen H. 2001.

Conserving Tropical Biodiversity Amid Weak

Institutions. — Bioscience 51: 497-502.

Beehler B. 1993. A Biodiversity Analysis for Papua New

Guinea - with an Assessment for Conservation

Needs. Biodiversity Support Program, Washington,

D.C.: 434 pp.

Beehler B., Pratt T., Zimmerman D. 1986. Birds of New

Guinea. Princeton, Princeton University Press: 293

pp.

Chapin M. 2004. A Challenge to Conservationists. —

World Watch, November / December 2004: 17-31.

Chatty D., Chochester M. 2002. Introduction. In: Chatty

D., Colchester M. (eds.) Conservation and Mobile

Indigenous Peoples. Berghahn, New York: 1-20.

o Jft

Coordinadora de Organaciones Indigenous de la

Cuenca Amazonia / C0ICA 1989. Two Agendas

for Amazonian Development. — Cultural Survival

Quarterly 13, No. 4: 75-78.

Coates B. 1985. The Birds of Papua New Guinea. Vol.

1. Dove Publications, Alderley Queensland: 464 pp.

Connell J.H. 1978. Diversity in Tropical Rainforests and

Coral Reefs. — Science 199: 1302-1310.

Denevan W. 1992. The Pristine Myth: the Landscape of

the Americas in 1492. — Annals of the Association

of American Geographers 82, No. 3: 369-385.

Diamond J. 1986. The Environmentalist Myth. — Nature

324: 19-20.

Folke C. 2004. Traditional Knowledge in Socio-ecological

Systems. — Ecology and Society 9, No. 3: 7.

Goerner SJ. 1994. Chaos and the Evolving Ecological

Universe. Gordon & Breach Publishing, Langhorne,

Pennsylvania: 257 pp.

Graham E. 1998. Metaphor and Metamorphism: Some

Thoughts on Environmental Metahistory. In: Balee

W. (ed.) Advances in Historical Ecology. Columbia

University Press, New York: 119-140.

Flames R. 1991. Wildlife Conservation in Tribal Societies.

In: Oldfield M., Alcorn J. (eds.) Biodiversity Culture ,

Conservation and Ecodevelopment. Westview

Press, Boulder, Colorado: 172-199.

Johnson A. 1989. How the Machinguenga Manage

Resources: Conservation or Exploitation of

Nature? In: Posey D., Balee W. (eds.) Resource

Management in Amazonia: Indigenous and folk

strategies. — Advances in Economic Botany 7. New

York Botanical Gardens, Bronx, New York: 213-222.

Ludwig D., Mangel M., Haddad B. 2001. Conservation

and Public Policy. — Annual Review of Ecology and

Systematics 32: 481-517.

Maffi L. 2001. On Biocultural Diversity: Linking Language ,

Knowledge and the Environment. Smithsonian

Institute Press, Washington D.C.: 544 pp.

May R. 1989. The Chaotic Rhythms of Life. — New

Scientist, 18 November: 37-41.

Meyers N., Mittermeier R., Mittermeier C., da Fonseca

G.A.B., Kent J. 2000. Biodiversity Hotspots for

Conservation Priorities. — Nature 403: 853-58.

Mittermeier R., Mittermeier C., Brooks T.M., Pilgrim J.D.,

Konstant W.R., da Fonseca G.A.B., Kormos, C.

2003. Wilderness and Biodiversity Conservation. —

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences

100, No. 18: 10309-10313.

Moller H., Lyver 0. 2010. Traditional Knowledge for

Improved Sustainability: Customary Wildlife

Harvests by Maori in New Zealand. In: Painemilla

K.W., Rylands A., Woofer A., Hughes C. (eds.)

Indigenous Peoples and Conservation From

Rights to Resource Management. Conservation

15

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

International, Arlington Virginia: 219-234.

Nabhan G. 2001. Cultural Perceptions of Ecological

Interactions - an Endangered Peoples Contribution

to the Conservation of Biological and Linguistic

Diversity. In: Maffi L. (ed.) On Biocultural Diversity:

Linking Language , Knowledge and the Environment.

Smithsonian Institute Press, Washington D.C.: 145-

156.

Parker E. 1992. Forest Islands and Kayapo Resource

Management in Amazonia: a Reappraisal of the

Apete. — American Anthropologist 94: 406-428.

Picketts., White P. 1985. Introduction. In: Pickett S.T. A.,

White P.S. (eds.) The Ecology of Natural Disturbance

and Patch Dynamics. Academic Press, New York:

3-14.

Pickett S., Parker V., Fiedler P. 1991. The New Paradigm

in Ecology. In: Fiedler P., Jain S. (eds.) Conservation

Biology. Chapman and Hall, New York: 65-88.

Posey D.A. 1985. Indigenous Management of Tropical

Forest Ecosystems: the Case of the Kayapo Indians

of the Brazilian Amazon. — Agroforestry Systems 3:

139-158.

Posey D.A. 1985. Native and Indigenous Guidelines

for New Amazonian Development Strategies:

Understanding Biological Diversity Through

Eth noecology. In: Hemming J. (ed.) Change in the

Amazon. Manchester University Press, Manchester:

156-180.

Posey D.A., Balee W. 1989. Resource Management in

Amazonia: Indigenous and Folk Strategies. In:

Posey D.A., Balee W. (eds.) Advances in Economic

Botany 7, New York Botanical Gardens, Bronx, New

York: 287 pp.

Reice S.R. 1994. Nonequilibrium Determinants of

Biological Community Structure. — American

Scientist 82, No. 5: 424-435.

Robles G. 2002. Wilderness. Toppan, Japan: 573 pp.

Schodde R. 1973. General Problems of Faunal

Conservation in Relation to the Conservation of

Vegetation in New Guinea. In: Costin A.B., Groves

R. (eds.) Nature Conservation in the Pacific. ANU

Press, Canberra: 123-144.

Sillitoe P. 1996. A Place Against Time: Land and

Environment in the Papua New Guinea Highlands.

Harwood Academic, Amsterdam: 438 pp.

Smith E.A. 1984. Anthropology, Evolutionary Ecology

and the Explanatory Poverty of the Ecosystem

Concept. In: Moran E. (ed.) The Ecosystem Concept

in Anthropology. Westview Press, Boulder Colorado,

USA: 279-411.

Smith E.A., Wishnie M. 2000. Conservation and

Subsistence in Small-Scale Societies. — Annual

Review of Anthropology 29: 493-524.

Soule M. 2000. Does Sustainable Development Help

Nature? - Wild Earth 10, No. 4: 56-63.

Swartzend ruber J.F. 1993. Conservation Needs

Assessment. USAID. Biodiversity Support Program.

Washington D.C.: 24 pp.

Terborgh J. 1992. Diversity and the Tropical Rainforest.

New York. Scientific American Library: 242 pp.

Terbourgh J. 2001. Why Conservation in the Tropics

is Failing. In: Rothenberg D., Ulvaeus M. (eds.)

The World and the Wild: Expanding Wilderness

Conservation Beyond its American Roots. Tucson,

University of Arizona Press: 81-88.

Thomas W.H. 2002. UNESCO/ MOST Social and Human

Sciences , Best Practices in the Use of Indigenous

Knowledge, http://www.unesco.org/most/bpikl2-

2.htm (last accessed: May 2011).

West P. 1991. Introduction. In: West P., Brechin S. (eds.)

Resident Peoples and National Parks. University of

Arizona Press, Tucson: 28 pp.

Received: 01 March , 2011

Accepted: 01 May ; 2011

Nylander U. & Hudson M.: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands in Papua New Guinea ...

(plates 1-5)

Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent

highlands in Papua New Guinea, with focus on the

insect fauna, especially the Coleoptera (Buprestidae

and Cerambycidae)

Ulf Nylander 1 & Michael Hudson 2

1 - Asvagen 15, SE-818 33, Valbo, Sweden; ulf.nylander@mbox303.swipnet.se

2 - 4611 Hudson Oaks Lane, Dover, 33527 3849, Florida, U.S.A.; pnginsects@gmail.com

‘About 1.4 million species ofanimalsand plants

on earth are described by taxonomists, perhaps

10% of all life. This situation is a scandal that few

non-biologists seem to recognize. If only 10% of the

companies beingtraded on Wall Street were known,

people would be outraged! Not so with biodiversity.

Given our ignorance of biodiversity, the exploding

human population and its expanding effects on

the globe is producing extinctions of species we

will never have named or even described, a loss

that we should not bequeath to our children and

grandchildren’ (Krebs 2001).

The senior author of this paper has been

interested in entomology since early 1940, in the

beginning mainly in Swedish beetles, later also

in beetles from other parts of the world as Papua

New Guinea. In the early 1990s’ Mr. Peter B. Clark,

Insect Farming and Trading Agency, IFTA in Bulolo,

Morobe province, Papua New Guinea (PNG), was an

outstanding supplier of rare and newly discovered

beetles, especially of Buprestidae, Cerambycidae

and Curculionidae families. Some years later a

most fruitful cooperation was established with

the junior author of this paper, Michael Hudson

at the Wei Institute in Wau, Bulolo province in the

last 16 years. He has discovered a large number

of new species and also re-discovered species

earlier known only by single specimens collected in

the beginning of the XX century. He has collected

and travelled in most parts of PNG and always

explored new and interesting habitats. He has

visited many villages and schools and talked both

with the children and the teachers, who, in most

cases, were interested and volunteered to collect

insects for MH. After delivery the children earned

some money for their families, which together with

newly earned knowledge about nature and knowing

that a sound and environmentally harvesting of the

rainforest will give back money for living, hopefully

will increase their families concern about the

environment’s health.

In all regions with rainforest in Papua New

Guinea and Papua many new species of living

organisms have been found and described but still

most of them are likely to be unknown to science.

The soil may be very poor of nutritive substances

as the vast amount has been used to build up the

living forest from the ground level and very little

has been left in the soil. A mountain near Aseki has

been cleared and is now more like a desert.

In all parts of PNG MH has found new and

interesting species, in lowland forests as well as in

highland forests. At the slopes to the mountains and

at the top there are Calamus palms, Ficus species,

oaks Lithocarpus, Podocarpus and Dacrydium

novoguineense and Phyllocladus species and

several Rhododendron species. In the lowland

rainforest are timber trees as Dipterocarpus,

Calophyllum and Intsia. In the swamp live species

as Nipa palms and Sago palms ( Cycas spp.).

We have chosen to show more in detail the

fauna we have found in the Aseki rainforest as

well as in adjacent highlands. The reason is that

we have found an extremely rich fauna with many

new species. Both Wau and Bulolo are relatively

near Aseki with IFTA and the Wei Institute and may

be more reachable for collectors. However, which

will be shown by a few pictures, the road to Aseki

may be very uncomfortable many times in the year

with deep mud and water, or the road may have slid

down. For that reason Aseki region probably has

not been visited more often than other regions with

better communications.

Since 1988, fifteen new species of Buprestidae

have been described and several new species

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

are in preparation for description. Concerning

Cerambycidae, eleven have been described as new

since 1980, however several other species are

ready for description.

The following abbreviations have been used in this

paper:

AT - Allotype;

Distr. - administrative district;

HT - Holotype;

IFTA - Insect Farming and Trading Agency, Bulolo,

Morobe Province;

IRSN - Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique,

Brixelles, Belgique;

MFI - Michael Fludson;

CMH - Michael Fludson collection;

NRM - Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden;

Prov. - administrative province;

PT - Paratype;

UN - Ulf Nylander;

CUN - Ulf Nylander collection.

Notes concerning Coleoptera: Buprestidae

Castiarina meeki was described by Thery

(1937) from two specimens collected by Mr.

A.S.Meek, the type at Aseki, Morobe Province,

the paratype at Owgarra, Brittish New Guinea.

Now during recent years found in Aseki by school

children in the blossoms of Euodia spp. trees.

Castiarina shelleybakeri Nylander, 2006, one

male, was collected together with Castiarina meeki

in the blossoms of Euodia sp. but MH observed the

strange right antenna (left one was missing) in HT,

and sent the specimen to the senior author. This

species has a most remarkable antennal structure,

unique in Buprestidae, antennomere 3 to 10th

bipectinate, 11th tripectinate. This species is much

likeC. meeki with the colour of elytra but different by

the form of pronotum and antennae. The presence

of bipectinate to tripectinate antennae may have

been caused by the need of a large number of

chemical receptors to detect female pheromones in

an environment where the sight was insufficient to

find a mate. This could have been the fact for several

million years ago when the tropical rainforests

consisted of primitive plants, a damp atmosphere,

where it would have been dark under the canopy

even in brightest days. Probably bipectinate-

tripectinate antennae are to be considered as

an ancient evolutionary development. Extant

species with these complicated antennae may be

considered as relict species. The HT is the only

specimen known of this most interesting species.

Castiarina asekiensis Nylander, 2007. Four

specimens of this small and beautiful species

were collected at the same date, 18.09.2007, in

Aseki, Hokanaiwa village by a local collector. To our

knowledge no more specimens of this species are

hitherto known. To emphasize that so many new

and interesting species have been known just from

the rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands this

species has been given the name C. asekiensis.

Castiarina sedlaceki Barker, 1988. This

species was described by S. Barker from a male

specimen found at Mt. Kaindi at 2300 m elevation

in 1979. Next specimen, a female, was collected at

Hokanaiwa village, Aseki, in 2005.

Most species of Castiarina are known from

Australia (near 480 species) and only 10 from New

Guinea (the last one recently described by Holynski

2008) as Castiarina nylanderi has been collected

at Lake Paniai in Papua). Of remaining 9 species

from Papua New Guinea almost half the number, 4

species, were collected in the Aseki region.

Of the most splendid Stigmoderini genus

Calodema 12 species are known from New Guinea

and a half of this number recorded from the Aseki

region: Calodema bifasciata Neef de Sainval et

Lander, 1993, C. blairi Neef de Sainval et Lander,

1994, C. hanloni Nylander, 2008, C. hudsoni Neef

de Sainval, 1998, C. mariettae Nylander, 1993,

and C. ribbei Neervoort van de Poll, 1885.

The genus Metaxymorpha with 12 species

known from New Guinea inclusive the Aru

archipelago, have the following 6 species recorded

from Aseki, Chimbu and Western Highlands

Province: M. apicerubra Thery, 1923, M. hilleri

Nylander, 2004, M. hudsoni Nylander, 2001, M.

landed Nylander, 2001, M. nigrosuturalis Neef

de Sainval et Lander, 1903, and M. meeki Thery,

1923.

Of the interesting genus Metataenia, the

species M. loriae Kerremans, 1896 was found

at Paumomu River (L.Loria) near Bulolo. The HT

is preserved at Museo Civico di Storia Naturale

“Giacomo Doha” in Genova. Next specimen, M.

matrismae Holynski, was described as a junior

synonym of abovementioned species and had

been collected at Cyclops Mts., Sabron in 1936.

Recently, one more specimen was found 1997 at

Pawamanga village, Aseki (1997) and the fourth

specimen known to us - 2005 in Kamanea village,

Aseki.

Metataenia gilvigeniculata Hoscheck, 1931

was found in single specimen in 1915 bytheSepik-

i

9

18

Nylander U. & Hudson M.: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands in Papua New Guinea ...

(plates 1-5)

FlufS Expedition at Schraderberg (2100 m) and is

preserved in the Museum fur Naturkunde der A.

Humboldt Universitat Berlin. One more specimen

was found at Okapa in 2004 by MH.

Metataenia sp., an undescribed species, was

collected in Aseki, Pawamanga Village in June

1992 (one specimen) and 30.05.2006 (also in

single specimen).

Observed Buprestidae specimens:

Cyphogastra albertisi Gestro, 1877. Aseki, 1991,

IFTA.

Cyphogastra aterrima Kerremans, 1911. Bulolo,

1991, IFTA.

Cyphogastra chalcea Obenberger, 1924. Bulolo,

1987, IFTA.

Cyphogastra infranitens Kerremans, 1909. Bulolo,

1990, IFTA.

Cyphogastra uxorismeae Holynski, 1994. Wau

1992, Bulolo, 1992 leg. P.CIark.

Cyphogastra venerea Thomson, 1857. Wau, 1991,

IFTA.

Cyphogastra sp. ~15 spp. not yet determinated

from Aseki-Bulolo region.

Metataenia auricollis Kerremans, 1898. Bulolo,

1991-1998, leg. IFTA & MH.

Metataenia gilvigeniculata Hoscheck, 1931.

Okapa, Eastern Highlands Province, 03.2004,

leg. MH.

Metataenia loriae Kerremans, 1896. Aseki,

Kamanea village, 2005, leg. MH, Aseki

Pawamanga village ,1997, leg. MH.

Metataenia sp., undescribed species. Aseki, 2006,

leg. MH.

Iridotaenia callosicollis H.Deyrolle, 1864. Tei Adu

village, Morobe Prov., 2000, leg. MH.

Castiarina asekiensis Nylander, 2001. Aseki,

Hokanaiwa village, 1907, HT in CUN, leg. MH.

Castiarina hudsoni Nylander, 2001. Aseki, Olwa

village, 1997, HT, leg. MH, Kuper Range, 2200

m, Morobe Prov., 1995, PT in CUN, leg. MH.

Castiarina meeki Thery, 1937. Aseki Hokanaiwa

village, 1999, leg. MH, Wau, Kapiro village

1997, leg. MH.

Castiarina sediaceki Baker, 1988. Aseki, Hokanaiwa

village, 2005, leg. MH.

Castiarina shelleybakeri Nylander, 2006. Aseki,

2005, HTinCUN, leg. MH.

Calodema bifasciata Need de Sainval et Lander,

1993, Aseki, 2 PT, leg. P.CIark, Chimbu, Prov.

Kerowagi.

Calodema blairi Neef de Sainval et Lander, 1994.

o Jfi

Passala, near Aseki 1991, 2 PT, leg. P.CIark,

Aseki, Hokanaiwa village, 2003, leg. MH.

Calodema hanloni Nylander, 2008. Jimmi Valley,

Western Highlands Province, 1991. Specimen

from Mark Hanlon collection, Australia. HT lost

in a transfer flight from Sweden to Australia.

Calodema hudsoni Neef de Sainval, 1998. Aseki,

Hokanaiwa village, 2005, leg. MH, Tekadu

village, 2000, leg. MH.

Calodema longitarsis Nylander, 2008. Kaula

village, Kerowagi, Chimbu Province, 2005, HT

in CUN, leg. MH.

Calodema mariettae Nylander 1993. Aseki, 1992,

HT, leg. P.CIark, Aseki, Hokanaiwa village,

1997-1998, HT in CUN.

Calodema ribbei ribbei Neervoort van de Poll, 1885.

Aseki region, Aninge village, Hikewini village,

1990-1993, leg. P.CIark, Hokanaiwa village,

Pawamanga village, Yamaiya village, 1997-

1998, leg. MH, Gumi village, Watut, 2002.

Calodema ribbei flavofasciata Nylander, 1998.

Garaina, 1996, leg. MH.

Metaxymorpha apicerubra Thery, 1923. Aseki,

1995, Aseki, Hokanaiwa village, 1997-2004,

leg. MH.

Metaxymorpha hilleri Nylander, 2004. Jimmi Valley,

Western Highlands Province, HT in CUN, Aseki,

2000, PTinCMH.

Metaxymorpha hudsoni Nylander, 2001. Aseki,

Hokanaiwa village, HT in CUN.

Metaxymorpha landed Nylander, 2001. Kondiu,

between Kundiawa andt Mt. Hagen, 1964, HT

in collection T.Lander (Geneva).

Metaxymorpha meeki Thery, 1923. Morobe Prov.,

Aseki, 1991-2005, Hamoini village, Hokanaiwa

village, Damauwa village.

Metaxymorpha nigrosuturalis Neef de Sainval et

Lander, 1993. Wau, Morobe Prov., 1991, PT,

Aseki, 1992, Aseki, Watut, Pawamanga, 1992,

Aseki, Hokanaiwa village, 1998, Aseki 1998,

2001.

Notes concerning Coleoptera: Cerambycidae

Analophus vicksoni Nylander et Komiya, 2005.

A large Prionini species described from Aseki,

first collected in 2000 by MH. Of same genus,

A. parallelus Waterhouse, 1877 is known from

Queensland, Australia. A second species of this

genus, A. niger, was described by Gahan (1894)

from single male collected at Mt. Arfak, Papua. Now

the third species of this genus is known from Aseki.

Batocera wallacei Thomson, 1858 is rather

19

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

common in Aseki rainforest as well as subspecies

B. wallacei prosperina Thomson.

Buprestomorpha and Tmesisternus species

presented with several species in Aseki region, also

probably undescribed species have been found.

Cacodacnus lameerei, described by Swedish

entomologist Aurivillius in 1926 from single

specimen, collected at Bolan Mts., was re-found in

Bulolo, 03.1999 and in Wau Valley in 2005 by MH.

Elaptus (Miocydus) prionides Pascoe, 1875.

Aseki, 04.2000, leg. MH. According to Gressit

(1959) the only Anacolini known from New Guinea

is Asea media Lameere, 1912 recorded also from

Cape York, Australia. Our specimen of E. prionides

seems to be the single one known from Papua New

Guinea. One specimen of this species was sent

to Alain Drumont (IRSN) for determination. It was

collected atArmidale in New South Wales, Australia.

Gnathonyx orientalis Komiya et Nylander,

2005. This large representative of Prionini was

collected at Kaindi village, Wau.

The large and very nice Omotagus lacordairei

Pascoe, 1867 previously only known from

Sattelberg and New Brittain, has also been found

in Aseki and Bulolo.

In the genus Osphryon Pascoe, 1869 ten

species were previously known. 0. adustus Pascoe,

1869 and 0. hirticollis Pascoe, 1869 - both from

Dorey, and 0. forbesi Pascoe, 1869 from Sattelberg.

Schwartzer described in 1924 0. spinicarpus

from Doormanpadbivak at an altitude of 1400

m. Aurivillius described in 1926 0. granuliger

from Bolan Mountains. Gressit described in 1951

five additional species:, namely 0. pallidipennis

from Fly River, 0. woodlarkiensis from the island

Woodlark, 0. subitanus from Papua New Guinea, 0.

sudestus from the island Sudest and 0. tridentatus

from New Britain. Specimens of Osphryon adustus,

0. forbesi, 0. pallidipennis, 0. subitanus and 0.

woodlarkiensis are preserved in CUN.

Osphryon bispinosus Nylander, 1998 was

described from a female collected at Okapa in

1990 bylFTA, HT in CUN.

Osphryon wauensis Nylander, 1998 was

described from two females collected 1993 in Wau

bylFTA, HT and PT in CUN.

Genus Potemnemus is presented with eight

species in Aseki region, of whom three species are

not yet described.

Of genus Rosenbergia 12 species are

known from Aseki and adjacent highlands, of

them Rosenbergia hudsoni Nylander, 2004 and

Rosenbergia drumonti Wallin et Nylander, 2007

were described recently.

Other rare Rosenbergia species, R. scutellaris

Aurivillius, 1924 (originally described from Aseki),

was re-discovered here 1992 in Pawamanga village.

HT in NRM and the specimen from Pawamanga in

CUN.

Toxeutus dentifrons Aurivillius, 1925. The HT

comming from Bolan Mts. and this species is now

re-collected in a few specimens at Wau and Bulolo

in 1991.

Observed Cerambycidae specimens:

Acalolepta anterior antenor Newman, 1842 (det.

Hudepohl 1996). Wau, 1990.

Acalolepta bolanica Aurivillius, 1926 (det.

Hudepohl, 1997). Wau, 1990, IFTA, Bulolo,

Manki Range, 1997, Aseki, 1991.

Acalolepta speudotinctura Breuning, 1935. Bulolo,

1990, IFTA.

Acalolepta sp.l. near A. bolanica Aurivillius, 1926.

Jimmi Valley, 1997, leg. MH.

Acalolepta sp.2. Kerowagi, 1996.

Acalolepta sp.3. Wau, Kapiro village, 1998.

Acalolepta sp.4. Wau Valley, 1200 m.

Acalolepta sp.5. Wau Valley, 1200 m.

Acalolepta sp.6. Aseki, Hiewini village, 1998.

Acalolepta sp.7. Bulolo, 1991, leg. MH.

Aeolesthes induta Gahan, 1842 (det. Hudepohl,

1997). Wau Valley, 1200 m.

Agrianome loriai Gestro, 1893. Wau and Bulolo,

1991, 1996.

Analophus vicksoni Nylander et Komiya, 2005.

Aseki, 2000, HT & PT, leg. MH.

Archetypus fuvipennis Pascoe, 1859. Wau, 1990,

IFTA.

Batocera laena Thomson, 1858. Aseki, Bulolo,

Wau, 1991.

Batocera matzdorffi Kriesche, 1915. Maprik, 1998.

Batocera wallacei wallacei Thomson, 1858. Aseki,

1991, Maprik.

Batocera wallacei prosperina Thomson, 1858.

Bulolo, 1991.

Buprestomorpha sp. possible undescribed species.

Aseki, 1990.

Cacodacnus lameerei Aurivillius, 1925. Wau Valley,

2005, leg. MH.

Chloridium sp. possible undescribed species.

Aseki, 1990.

Coptopterus latus Gressitt, 1959. Wau Valley, 1999.

Coptocerus mutabUis Gressitt, 1959. Wau, Kapiro

village, 2000.

Coptopterus sp. possible undescribed species.

Jimmi Vally, W Highlands, 2002.

20

Nylander U. & Hudson M.: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands in Papua New Guinea ...

(plates 1-5)

Dictamnia sp. possible undescribed species. Aseki,

Hiewini village, 1997.

Dihammus australis Boisduval, 1835. Bulolo,

1979.

Elaptus (Miocyus) prionides Pascoe, 1875. Aseki,

2000.

Glenea spinifera Voet, 1804 (det. Hudepohl, 1997).

Aseki.

Glenea lefebvrei Guerin-Meneville, 1831 (det.

Hudepohl, 1996). Aseki, 1991.

Gnathonyx orientalis Komiya et Nylander, 2005.

Kaindi, Wau, 1996, 4 PT, IFTA.

Gnoma boisduvali Plavilstshikov, 1931. Bulolo,

1990, IFTA.

Metaperiaptodes granulatus Aurivillius, 1908 (det.

Hudepohl, 1996). Aseki, 1991.

Nyphasia pulchra Gressit, 1951. Bulolo, Jerry

village, 1999, leg. MH, Wau Valley, 1999, leg.

MH.

Omotagus lacordairei Pascoe, 1867. Aseki, Andhua

village, 2000, leg. MH, Bulolo, 1991.

Osphryon adustus Pascoe, 1869. Bulolo, 1989?,

leg. R.Holynski.

Osphryon bispinosus Nylander, 1998. Okapa,

Eastern Highlands Prov., 1990, HT in CUN.

Osphryon wauensis Nylander, 1998. Wau, 1991,

HT, Bulolo 1993, PTinCUN.

Papuandra araucariae Gressitt, 1959. Bulolo,

1964, Wau Valley, 1999, 1200 m.

Parepepeotes togatus Perris, 1855. Wau, 1991,

Bulolo 1991, IFTA.

Pelargoderus assimilis Aurivillius, 1908. Wau

Valley, 1991, 1999.

Pelargoderus sp. undescribed species, close to P.

malacensis Breuning, 1935. Bulolo, 1991.

Periaptodes lector Pascoe, 1866. Bulolo, 1994.

Periaptodes sp. Jim mi Valley.

Piesarthini, gen. sp., possible undescribed genus

close to Coptopterus. Aseki, Yamaya village,

1998.

Potemnemus detzneri Kriesche, 1823. Aseki,

1990-1992.

Potemnemus hispidus Gressit, 1952. Aseki, 1991.

Potemnemus trituberculatus Breuning, 1944.

Aseki, 1991, Anodya, 1991.

Potemnemus rosenbergi Vollenhoven, 1871. Aseki,

1991, 2000.

Potemnemus sepicanus Kriesche, 1923. Aseki,

1992-1993.

Potemnemus sp.l undescribed species. Aseki,

Korenga village.

Potemnemus sp.2 undescribed species. Aseki,

Kapau village, 1997.

Potemnemus sp.3 undescribed species. Aseki, Yeva

jvU

village, 1997, Aseki, Hiewini village, 1998.

Rosenbergia breuningi Rigout, 1982. Okapa, 1981,

leg. P.CIark.

Rosenbergia clarki Rigout, 1982. Okapa, Eastern

Highlands Prov., 2000, leg. MH.

Rosenbergia diannae valentinae Rigout, 2004.

Aseki, Yamaia village, 2002, Aseki, Hokanaiva

village, 2002, Aseki, Wingia village, 2005.

Rosenbergia drumonti Wallin et Nylander, 2007.

Kerowagi, Chimbu Prov., 1990, HT, Kainanto,

Eastern Highlands Prov., 1990, PT, Kerowagi,

Chimbu Prov., 1990, PT, Okapa, Eastern

Highlands Prov., 1982, HT+ AT + PT in CUN.

Rosenbergia gilmouri Rigout, 1982. Bulolo, Mankin

Range, 1999, Bulolo, New Camp, Bulolo

village, 1999, Manko Range, 1999, leg. MH.

Rosenbergia hudsoni Nylander, 2004. Aseki,

Hokanaiwa village, 2000, HT, leg. MH, Wau

Distr., Jerry village, 1996, AT, leg. MH, Garaina,

Biaru village, 1999, PT, leg. MH. HT + AT + PT

in CUN, PTin CMH.

Rosenbergia mandibularis Ritsema, 1881. Bulolo,

1990, IFTA, Wau, 2005.

Rosenbergia rufolineata Breuning, 1948. Okapa,

2004, Kerowagi, 2000.

Rosenbergia scutellaris Aurivillius, 1924. Aseki,

Pawamanga, 1992.

Rosenbergia vetusta Ritsema, 1881. Wau, 1988,

1200 m.

Rosenbergia weiskei Heller, 1902. Wau, Kapiro

village, Aseki, Okapa.

Rosenbergia xenium Gilmour, 1959. Aseki, Paivini

village, 1997, Papatia village, 2001, Waria

Valley, 2006, leg. MH.

Sphingnotus insignis albertisi Gestro, 1876. Bulolo,

1990, IFTA.

Sphingnotus mirabilis Boisduval, 1835. Aseki,

Bulolo, 1990, IFTA.

Tmesisternus excel lens excellens Aurivillius, 1908.

Aseki, Oswa village, 1999, leg. MH.

Tmesisternus dohertyi Jordan, 1894. Ohu village.

Tmesisternus sulcatus Aurivillius, 1911. Aseki,

1991, Aseki, Auyanto village, 1998, Coll. No.

UN309.

Tmesisternus renii Gressitt, 1984. Aseki, 1998.

Tmesisternus vinculatus Heller, 1914. Aseki,

Hiewini village, 1998.

Tmesisternus sp.l possible undescribed species.

Wau, Okapa, 1990-1991.

Tmesisternus sp.2 possible undescribed species.

Okapa, Coll. No. UN310.

Tmesisternus sp.3 possible undescribed species.

Tekadu village, Coll. No. UN93.

Toxeutus dentifrons Aurivillius, 1925. Aseki, Kapiro

21

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

village, Wau, 1992-1997, IFTA.

Tryphocaria montana Gressitt, 1959 (det.

Hudepohl, 1999). Aseki, Hiewini village, 1997.

Xixuthrus (Xixuthrus) costatus Montrouzler, 1855.

Bulolo, 1991, IFTA.

Xixuthrus (Daemomarthra) helleri Lameere, 1903.

Aseki, 1996, IFTA.

Xixuthrus (Xixuthrus) microcerus axis Thomson,

1877. Papua New Guinea, 1996, IFTA.

Xystrocera apiculata Gahan, 1869. Wau Valley,

1200 m, 1997-1999, leg. MH.

Observed Curculionidae specimens:

Eupholus albofasciatus Heller, 1910. Kapiso,

Garping, 1992, leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus bennetti Gestro, 1876. Aseki, Ananadla

village, 1991, leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus loriae Gestro, 1902. Tekadu, 1991,

1992, leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus messagieri Porion, 1993. Okapa, 1992,

leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus nickerli Heller, 1913. Upper Vatut Valley,

leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus quinitaenia Heller, 1915. Maprik, 1991,

leg. P.CIark.

Eupholus sp. Bulolo, 1992, leg. P.CIark.

Gymnopholus spp.

Pantorhytes spp.

Most specimens of the last two genera have been

sent to the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, U.S.A.

for proper examination.

Observed Lucanidae specimens:

Aegus platydon bellus Mollenkamp, 1902. Aseki,

Koteao village, 29.06.1999, leg. MH, Wau

Valley, 1200 m, 05.07.1999, leg. MH, Wau

Valley, 1200 m, 15.07.1999, leg. MH.

Cyclommatus eximus Mollenkamp, 1909. Wau,

Kapiro village, 23.04.1995, leg. P.CIark, Kapiro

village, Wau, 25.01.1999, leg. MH.

Cyclommatus imperator imperator Boileau, 1905.

Okapa, Awande village, 27.04.1995, leg.

P.CIark, Jimmi Valley, 21.06.1999, leg. MH,

Kerowagi, Chimu Prov., 23.07.1999, leg. MH.

Cyclommatus pulchellus Mollenkamp, 1900. Wau

Valley, 1200 m, 15.06.1999, leg. MH, Watut,

Bulolo, Morobe Prov., 09.06. 1999, leg. MH,

Wau Distr., Kapiro village, 18.06.1999, leg.

MH, Wau Distr., Kapiro village, 15.07.1999,

leg. MH.

Cyclommatus weinreichi Lacroix, 1972. Aseki,

Hiyewini village, 08.07.1999, leg. MH,

23.04.1998, leg. MH.

Dorcus arfakianus Lansberge, 1880. Wau, Kapiro

village, 18.04.1995, leg. P.CIark, 06.05.1999,

leg. MH, 28.07.1999, leg. MH, Wau Valley,

1200 m, 15.04.1999, leg. MH, Biaru village,

Morobe Prov., 12.07.1999, leg. MH.

Dorcus egregius Mollenkamp, 1897. Maprik, East

Sepik Prov., 13.04.1999, leg. MH, 13.04.1999,

leg. MH.

Dorcus meeki Boileau, 1906. Wau village,

Morobe Prov., 06.06.1995, leg. P.CIark, Biaru

village, Morobe Prov., 12.07.1999, leg. MH, ,

28.06.1999, leg. MH, Hiyrowini village, Aseki,

14.07.1999, leg. MH, Aseki, Hiyewini village,

08.07.1999, leg. MH.

Lamprima adolphinae Gestro, 1875. Wau

Distr., Kapiro village, 11.02.1998, leg. MH,

17.02.1999, leg. MH, 20.06.1999, leg. MH,

Aseki, Handudulfi village, 13.07.1998, leg.

MH, Aseki, Jakoini village, 11.03.1998, leg.

MH, Jimmi Valley, 21.07.1997, Watut, Bulolo,

16.06.1999, leg. MH.

Prosopocoilus bison cinctus Montrouzier, 1857.

Aseki, Hiyewini village, 14.07.1999, leg. MH,

Garaina village, Morobe Prov., 22.07.1999,

Wau, Kapiro village, 28.07.1999, leg. MH,

19.05.1995, leg. MH, 18.06.1999, leg. MH ,

Wau, Valley, 1200 m, 23.04.1999, leg. MH.

Observed Dynastinae (Scarabaeidae) specimens:

Calocrates fleschei Heller, 1903. Okapa, Eastern

Highlands Prov., 04.2002, leg. MH.

Eupatorus beccarii Gestro, 1876. Jerry village,

Bulolo, 28.12.1998, Jerry Village, Bulolo,

06.05.1998, leg. MH.

Oryctes centaurus Stenberg, 1910. Tekadu village,

Morobe Prov., 13.04.2000, leg. MH.

Sea panes australis brevicornis Sternberg, 1908.

Takadu village, Morobe Prov., 13.04.2000,

leg. MH.

Observed CetoniinaeSchizorhinini (Scarabaeidae)

specimens:

Ischiopsopha cuprea Moser, 1906. Wau District,

Kapiro village, Morobe Prov., 07.01.2000,

09.01.2000, leg. MH.

Ischiopsopha jamesi Waterhouse, 1876.

Tekadu village, Morobe Prov., 09.03.2000,

22

Nylander U. & Hudson M.: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands in Papua New Guinea ...

(plates 1-5)

21.03.2000, leg. MH.

Ischiopsopha jamesi “ var. coerula” Heller, 1899.

Alotau, Milne Bay Province, 30.04.1999, leg.

MH.

Ischiopsopha cf. hyla Heller, 1894. Wau Valley,

1200 m, Morobe Prov., 29.11.1999, leg.

MH, Kapiro village, Wau Distr., Morobe Prov.,

11.01.2000, leg. MH.

Conclusions and comments

The rainforest in Aseki region and adjacent

highlands is of utmost interest concerning the

biodiversity of studied insects, especially when

focusing on Buprestidae and Cerambycidae

(Coleoptera). As seen from the collection list

presented above, a lot of most rare and insufficiently

known species hitherto known by a few specimens

were only registered from this area. Of totally

ten species of the Buprestidae genus Castiarina

five are known from this region. Two of these, C.

shelleybakeri Nylander, and C. asekiensis Nylander,

are only known from Aseki. This is also the case for

several Calodema and Metaxymorpha species and

for the large numbers of Curculionidae. Perhaps

the bad conditions of the roads in the region may

have been a factor to prevent the logging factories

to invade this region. It would be a great loss to

mankind if such a region with that kind of unique

biodiversity should be destroyed by logging or by oil

palm plantations.

One of authors, MH, went 2009 to a village

near the east coast of Papua New Guinea, on

the eastern side of Owen Stanley Range, the only

known locality of the Queen Alexandra’s Bird-wing,

Ornithoptera alexandrae Rothschild, 1907 (which

belongs to Protected Fauna, CITES (EG) No. 338/97

- D,Abrera 1975). The road, 32 km long, with solid

oil plantations on each side ended in a logging

operation. The oil company was ready to plant a

second crop of oil palm in the area and had injected

the huge palms with herbicide to fight them in order

to plant new ones again. The locals told MH that

once the second crop is finished all the nutrients

in the soil will be finished and their land will turn

into a desert! It is tragic that they know what will

happen to their land for the next generation and

they still make bad decisions because they feel

like they have no other choices. Queen Alexandra’s

Bird-wing is protected by local and international law

acts, but not its food plant Aristolochia schlecteril

If the same catastrophic events should happen

with the Aseki rainforest and adjacent highlands,

o $L

a large number of endemic and most interesting

insect species of the same dignity as the doomed

0. alexandrae, would be outranged. We do hope

that this never will happen.

As seen of the species lists a large number

of species belonging to families of special interest

to the authors of this paper, have been collected

in the Aseki region and adjacent highlands of

Papua New Guinea. However most species have

been found in small numbers, often in one or few

specimens only. In most cases, as those collected

in flowers in the canopy of the rainforests trees,

no information concerning the biology is known.

Even in large and well known species as Calodema

ribbei, the food plant and the larval stadium are not

fully understood. No Calodema larvae have been

observed or described. Few years ago MH and his

assistant Mr. Kotaseao found five larvae, possible

of C. ribbei (buprestid larvae of right dimensions

and exactly in the forest where C. ribbei had been

previously collected) in the stem and branches of

a tree, local people called Tafaia. MH tried to rear

the larvae but without success. The senior author

got the larvae and published photographs of them,

presented in the book concerning diversity of New

Guinean Calodema and Metaxymorpha (Nylander

2008b). Samples of this tree were presented the

University in Lae. Unfortunately it could not be

determined and was even regarded as not yet

described.

This situation is not unique and seems to be

a real problem. According to professor Torbjorn

Ebenhard (Uppsala University) ten hectare

rainforest in Borneo may contain more than 700

trees species. Probably the rainforest in New Guinea

may, in that respect, not differ too much. The flora

on the ground is rather meagre due to exhausted

soil and lack of sunlight. Up in the trees the situation

is quite different with a rich flora of orchids, fern

plants, lichens, bromeliad-like species. On these

plants, a lot of animals are connecting as frogs and

insects. One rainforest tree in Peru contained 43

different species of ants (other insects were not

counted). During the evolution the trees have used

different options to try to defend them self from

being “eaten up”. One is to harbour ants, which is

effective as the ants will go to attack as soon as

the tree is threatened. The mostly used method is

that the plant or tree will produce a kind of poison.

This method is also effective but some animals

may get tolerance against that poison. The result

is that an insect species will be depending only of

a few plants or tree species. This is one reason why

the rainforest is sensible against any disturbances.

Hi #

23

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

However the rainforest is not a stationary system.

Forest fires and tornados may open up some parts

of the rainforest and get place for new species to

establish. During the time the result will be that

different parts of a rainforest may vary much

depending on both flora and fauna. The result may

be the possibility for new species to develop giving

an even more rich flora and fauna.

To cut down the rainforest and export the wood

will result in a disaster. As the organic material is

bound in the flora and fauna the soil will be very poor

in nutrients. All nutrients after the death of animals

and flora will go back to living organisms. If the

rainforest is cleaned and the trees exported also all

nutrients have been exported. Of that reason even

relatively small cleaned areas will lose their ability

for regeneration. A rainforest has its own circulated

water-system, evaporation from the flora during the

day and going back as rain at the end of the day. If

the rainforest is cleaned this water circulation will

stop and the area will turn to a desert.

Concerning the rainforest in Aseki and

adjacent highlands a large amount of new insect

species have been discovered. As seen of the

foregoing discussion the content of the rainforest

concerning the numbers of species may vary. The

studied areas have a very rich fauna of new species

and of species reported earlier in few specimens

and now rediscovered. Most of the new findings

are made by unskilled collectors. That means that

no information is known concerning the biology of

these species.

As seen ofthe foregoing even lackof information

is obvious concerning which trees and plants are

building up these rainforests. That a lot of insect

species, known earlier in very few specimens now

have been rediscovered in these forests will point

out the outstanding scientific quality they have.

An other aspect is the lack of information

concerning the chemical and medical use of

products from this rainforests. Much scientific

works still have to be done.

Acknowledgements

Our sincere thanks to Dr. Karl-Ernst Hudephohl

(Vaterstetten, Germany) for help with determination

of many difficult species of Cerambycidae, to Dr.

Alain Drumont (IRSN) for the determination of

Elaptus prionoides Pascoe. Mr. Maurice Pledger

(London, U.K.) is herewith thanked for his help in

control of the final version of our manuscript.

References (with the data on Aseki region)

Ecology

Gressitt J.L. 1982. Biogeography and Ecology of New

Guinea. 1. Biological exploration of New Guinea.

Frodin D.G., Gressitt J.L. (eds.) Monographiae,

Volume 42. Dr. W.Junk Publishers, The Hague-

Boston-London: 87-130.

Gressitt J.L. 1982. Biogeography and Ecology of New

Guinea. 2. Vol. 42. lilies J., Gressitt J.L. (eds.) Dr.

W.Junk Publishers. The Hague-Boston-London:

709-734.

Knight W.J., Holloway J.D. 1990. Insects and the Rain

Forests of South East Asia (Wallacea). The Royal

Entomological Society of London The Chameleon

Press Ltd, Wandsworth, London: 343 pp.

Krebs C.J. 2001. Ecology. The Experimental Analysis

of Distribution and Abundance. 5th edition. San

Francisco, Benjamin Cummings: 699 pp.

Novotny V., Drozd P., Miller S.E., Kulfan M., Janda

M., Basset Y., Weiblen D. 2006. Why are so

many species of Herbivorous Insects in Tropical

Rainforests? — Sciencexpres 13 July: 1-8.

Weiblen G.D., Webb C.O. Novotny V., Basset Y., Miller

S.C. 2006. Phylogenetic Dispersion of Host use in

a Tropical Insect Herbivore Community. — Ecology,

87, No. 7 Supplementum: 62-75.

Samuelson G.A. 1970. A coding system for marking

Gymnopholus weevils in New Guinea. — Pacific

Insects 12, No. 4: 769-772.

Lepidoptera

D’Abrera B. 1975. Birdwing Butterflies of the World.

Lansdowne Press, Melbourne: 260 pp.

Coleoptera: Buprestidae

Bellamy C.L., Sacramento C.A., Nylander U. 2007.

New Genus-Group Synonymy in Stigmoderini

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae). — The Coleopterists

Bulletin 61, No. 3: 423-427.

Bellamy C.L. 2008. A World Catalogue and Bibliography

of the Jewel Beetles ( Coleoptera , Buprestoidea).

Pensoft Publishers, Sofia-Moscow: 3125 pp.

Holynski R.B. 1994. Three new species of Buprestidae

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from the Indo-Pacific

Region. — Jewel Beetles 3: 1-9.

Holynski R.B. 1997. Mroczkowskia-Knot and the

evolution ofthe subtribe Chrysochroina (Coleoptera:

Buprestidae). —Annales Zoologici 47, No. 1-2: 179-

188.

Holynski R.B. 2008. A new species of New Guinean

Stigmodera Esch. and remarks on Pseudhyperantha

Snd. (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). — Opole Scientific

Society Nature Journal 41: 43-48.

24

Nylander U. & Hudson M.: Biodiversity in primary rainforest in Aseki and adjacent highlands in Papua New Guinea ...

(plates 1-5)

Holynski R.B. 2009. Taxonomic structure of the subtribe

Chrysochroina Cast, with review of the genus

Chrysochroa Dej. Gondwana, Warszawa: 391 pp. +

9 pp. index.

Hoscheck A.B. 1931. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der

Buprestiden (Col.) IV. — Mitteilungen aus dem

Zoologischen Museum Berlin 17: 726.

Hawkeswood J.T. 2007. Petersonia gen. nov.

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Papua New Guinea

and a redescription of Petersonia shelleybarkeri

(Nylander, 2006). — Calodema Supplementary

Paper 9, www.calodema.com

Kerremans Ch. 1900. Buprestides Indo-Malais (63). —

Memoires de la Societe Entomologique 7: 1-60.

Kerremans Ch. 1909-1910 Monographie des

Buprestides. Tome IV Chalcophorini: Chalcophorites

(7-9). JJanssens, Bruxelles: 285 pp.

Nylander U. 1993. A new Calodema (Coleoptera

Buprestidae). — Bulletin de la Societe Sciences

Naturelles 79: 8.

Nylander U. 1998. A new subspecies of Calodema

(Laporte & Gory, 1838) from the Madang Province,

Papua New Guinea (Coleoptera, Buprestidae). —

Jewel Beetles 7: 16-17.

Nylander U. 2000. A new species of Calodema (Laporte &

Gory, 1838) from the Madang Province, Papua New

Guinea (Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Stigmoderini). —

Lambillionea 100, No. 2: 203-206.

Nylander U. 2001a. The New Guinean species of

the genus Castiarina Gory & Laporte, 1837

and description of a new species (Coleoptera,

Buprestidae, Stigmoderini). — Lambillionea 101,

No. 1: 51-54.

Nylander U. 2001b. The New Guinea species of the

genus Metaxymorpha and description of four new

species and the allotype of Metaxymorpha apicalis

(Coleoptera, Buprestidae). — Lambillionea 101, No.

2, Supplement 2: 324-341.

Nylander U. 2004. Description of a new species of

Calodema (Laporte & Gory, 1837) and of two new

species of Metaxymorpha (Parry, 1848) from the

rainforests in New Guinea. — Lambillionea 103, No.

1: 391-400.

Nylander U. 2006a. Description of a new species of

Calodema (Gory & Laporate, 1838) from Milne

Bay Province, Papua New Guinea (Coleoptera,

Buprestidae). — Lambillionea 106, No. 2: 303-305.

Nylander U. 2006b. The New Guinean species of

the genus Castiarina Gory & Lapoarte, 1838

(Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Stigmoderini). —

Lambillionea 103, No. 2: 3-13 (republished photos

107, No. 2:337).

Nylander U. 2007a. The New Guinean species of the

genus Castiarina. — Lambillionea 107, No. 2: 337.

o %

Nylander U. 2007b. The New Guinean species of the

genus Castiarina Gory & Laporte de Castelnau.

Description of a new species (Coleoptera,

Buprestidae, Stigmoderini). — Lambillionea 107,

No. 4: 631-634.

Nylander U. 2008a. New synonymy in the genus

Metataenia Thery (Coleoptera, Buprestidae). —

Lambillionea 108, No. 2: 206-207.

Nylander U. 2008b. A review of the genera Calodema

and Metaxymorpha (Coleoptera: Buprestidae:

Stigmoderini). — Folia Heyrovskyana,

Supplementum 13: 84 pp.

Nylander U. 2010. Notes concerning the genus

Metataenia Thery, 1923 (Coleoptera, Buprestidae,

Chrysochroina) from Papua New Guinea, with

description of a new species and designation of a

lectotype. — Zootaxa 2529: 55-64.

Coleoptera: Cerambycidae

Breuning D.E.E. 1943. Etudes sur les Lamiaires (Co/.

Ceramb.) Douzieme tribus: Agniini Thomson. —

Novitates Entomologicae. Troisieme Supplment

(pagine a part), feuilles 89 a 106: 137-183. Cabinet

Entomologique E. le Moult 4, rue Dumeril, Paris.

Breuning D.E.E. 1944. Etudes sur les Laminaires (Col.

Ceramb.). — Novitates Entomologicae. Troisieme

Supplement (pagine a part), feuilles 107 a 135:

281-512. Cabinet Entomologique E. le Moult 4, rue

Dumeril, Paris.

Breuning S. von 1963. Revision der Pteropliini der

australischen Region (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae).

— Entomologische Abhandlungen aus dem

Staatlichen Museum fur Tierkunde in Dresden 29

No. 1: 1-274.

Breuning S. von 1969. Catalogue des Laminaires du

Monde. (Col. Ceramb.) Verlag des Museums G.

Frey, Tutzing bei Munchen. 11. Lieferung, 1: 1069

pp.

Delahaye N. 2000. Catalogue of Cerambycidae of the

World. First Part: Cerambycinae. Norbert Delahaye,

Chaville, France: 175 pp. + bibliography 18 pp.

Delahaye N, 2001. Catalogue of Cerambycidae of the

World. Third Part: Prioninae. Norbeart Delahaye,

Chavukke France: 32 pp. + bibliography 19 pp.

Fuchs E, von 1962. Neue Cerambyciden aus der

ehemaligen Sammlung Dr. Izinger, 2. Teil

(Col.) Cerambycinae, Tryphocaria freyi n. sp. —

Entomoiogishe Arbeiten aus dem Museum Frey 13:

321-322.

Gilmour F.E. 1966. Revision of the Genus Rosenbergia

Ritsema (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae, Laminae).

Part 3, with two plates. — Reichenbachia 6, No. 30:

245-260.

GressittJ.L. 1959. Longicorn Beetles from New Guinea, I

25

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

(Cerambycidae). — Pacific Insects 1, No. 1: 59-171.

Gressitt J.L. 1984. Systematics and Biogeography of

the Longicorn Beetle Tribe Tmesisternini. — Pacific

Insects 41: 1-263.

Hawkeswood T.J., Dauber D. 1992. Review of the biology

of Gnoma boisduvali Plavilstshikov, a longhorn

beetle from the rainforests of Papua New Guinea

and Irian Jaya (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cerambycidae,

Laminae). — Spixiana 15: 253-260.

Komiya Z., Nylander U. 2005. A taxonomic revision of the

genus Gnatonyx Gahan (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae,

Prioninae). — Lambillionea 105, Supplement 4:

1-16.

Lameere A. 1913. Coleopterorum Catalogus. In: Junk

W., Schenkling S. (eds.) Pars 52. Cerambycidae:

Prioninae. W.Junk, Berlin: 108 pp.

Lepesme P. 1950. Longicornia. Etudes et notes sur

les longicornes, publiees sous la direction de

P.Lepesme. Volume 1. Paris-Vie: 603 pp.

Nylander U, 1998. Description of two new species of

the genus Osphryon Pascoe, 1869 from New

Guinea (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae, Prioninae). —

Entomofauna 19, No. 17: 277-284.

Nylander U. 2004. Description of a new species of

the genus Rosenbergia from Papua New Guinea.

(Coleoptera, Cerambycidae). — Lambillionea 104,

No. 3: 401-404.

Nylander U., Komiya Z. 2005. A new species of the genus

Analophus Waterhouse. Short presentation and key

for the known species of this genus (Coleoptera,

Cerambycidae, Prioninae). — Lambillionea 105, No.

3: 481-485.

Rigout J. 1982. Description de nouveaux Rosenbergia

(Col. Cerambycidae, Batocerini). — Miscellanea

Entomologica 49; 53-55.

Rigout J. 1981. Les Coleopteres du Monde. Volume 1,

Batocerini. Sciences Nat 2, Compiegne: 121 pp.

Rigout J. 1982. Les Coleopteres du Monde. Volume 2,

Batocerini 2. Sciences Nat 2, Compiegne: 128 pp.

Rigout J. 2004. Les Coleopteres du Monde. Volume

2, Supplementum 1, Rosenbergia. Rosenbergia

nouveaux ou peu connus. Hillside Books,

Canterbury: 11 pp.

Santos-Silva A., Heffern D., Matsuda K. 2010. Revision

of Hawaiian, Australian, Oriental, and Japanese

Parandinae (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae). — Insecta

Mundi 0130: 1-120.

Wallin H., Nylander U. 2006. A taxonomic revision in the

genus Rosenbergia. — Lambillionea 106, No. 3: 1-

24.

Wallin H., Nylander U. 2007. A taxonomic revision in the

genus Rosenbergia, Part 2. — Lambillionea 107,

No. 1: 1-32.

Weigel A. 2003. Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und

Faunistik der Gattung Tmesisternus Latreille, 1829

mit Beschreibung zwei neuer Arten (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae, Tmesisternini). - Veroffentlich ungen

des Naturkundemuseums Erfurt 22: 127-136.

Coleoptera: Curculionidae

Gressitt J.L. 1977. Papuan weevil genus Gymnopholus :

third supplement with studies oin epizoic symbiosis.

- Pacific Insects 17, No. 2/3: 179-195.

Porion T. 1993. Les Coleopteres du Monde. Volume 19,

Eupholus. Sciences Nat 2: 112 pp.

Setliff G.P. 2007. Annotated checklist of weevils from

Papuan region (Coleoptera, Curculionoidea) —

Zootaxa 1536: 1-296.

Stibick J.N.L. 1978. The genus Pantorhytes (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae). — Pacific Insects 18, No. 3/4: 115-

136.

Szent-lvany J.J.H. 1970. Ethological and ecological

observations on Gymnopholus spp. mainly G. (s.)

lichenifer Gress. — Pacific Insects 12, No 4: 763-

768.

Coleoptera: Lucanidae

Mizunuma T., Nagai S. 1994. The Lucanid Beetles of the

World. Mushi-Sha's Iconographic Series of Insects

1: 338 pp.

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae Dynastinae

Endrodi S. 1985. The Dynastinae of the World. Series

Entomologica 28. Dr. W.Junk Publishers, The

Hague: 800 pp + 46 pis.

Dechambre R.-P., Lachaume G. 2001. Le genre Oryctes.

The Beetles of the World. Volume 27. Hillside Books,

Canterbury: 72 pp.

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae Cetoniinae Schizorhinini

Allard V. 1995. Les Coleopteres du Monde. Volume 24,

Schizorhinini 2. Sciences Nat 2: 136 pp.

Handbooks and travel books

Gressit J.L., Hornabrook R.W. 1977. Handbook of

common New Guinea Beetles. Wau Ecology

Institute Handbook No. 2: 87 pp.

Lightbody M., Wheeler T. 1985. Papua New Guinea , a

travel survival kit. Lonely Planet Publications: 254

pp.

Nolan R.W. 1983. Bushwalking in Papua New Guinea.

Lonely Planet Publications: 136 pp.

Received: 15 January 2011

Accepted: 15 May 2011

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

The Philippines in Wallaces

Benjamin Vallejo, Jr.

Institute of Environmental Science & Meteorology, College of Science, National Science Complex,

University of the Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City 1101, The Philippines; bmvallejo@up.edu. ph

Abstract: The Philippine archipelago’s position in Wallaces has been a matter of debate and is a biogeographic

problem that has never been fully settled. In the current review this problem is examined in light of comparative

phylogenetic biogeography, tectonic history and pan biogeography. The information about these supports Dickerson

etal. (1928) assertions on the faunal transition character of Wallaces and how this defines the biotic regions of the

Philippines within Wallaces and its links with Sulawesi. There is a need to go beyond the Pleistocene paradigm in

Philippine biogeography if a fuller understanding of the scale and dimensions of biodiversity in the Philippines is to

be achieved.

Keywords: Philippines, Wallaces, comparative biogeography, pan biogeography, Sulawesi.

Introduction

The Philippines is an archipelago of approxi¬

mately 7000 islands in the Western Pacific (Fig. 1).

The position of the archipelago with respect to Wal-

lacea (Dickerson et al. 1928) has been a subject

for debate in biogeography. Wallacea is defined to

be the region between Wallace’s Line in the west

and Weber’s Line to the east (Fig. 2). The original

Wallace’s Line delineated the islands west of the

line. Huxley’s modification of the line included all

the oceanic islands of the Philippines east of the

line (Mayr 1976; Simpson 1977). Wallace (1880)

considered the islands to be part of the Oriental re¬

gion but was separated from the Asian mainland

at a very early date (Simpson 1977). Dickerson et

al. (1928) placed the Philippines as the northern

apex of the Wallacean “triangle”. While traditionally

Wallace’s Line delineated the Asian biotic region

from the Australian and Weber’s Line delineated

the Australian from the Wallacean, Dickerson et al

(1928) considered Wallacea as a faunal transition

zone largely depauperate in Asian and Australian

representatives (Wallace 1880; Mayr 1976) but

characterized by a significant degree of novel and

relict endemism.

In this paper the position of the Philippines

with respect to Wallacea is examined under the

present theories of phylogenetic biogeography and

the tectonic setting and reconstruction of the archi¬

pelago. The significance of the Gondwanan affini¬

ties of Philippine taxa shared with Wallacea will be

assessed using a panbiogeographic framework.

The physical geographic, tectonic and biogeo¬

graphic stetting of the Philippines

Physical geography

The Philippine archipelago can be divided into

three groupings, Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao. Min¬

danao and Luzon are the two largest islands of Phil¬

ippine archipelago. Luzon is the largest and most

populous island of the Philippines with an area of

104688 km2. It is orientated latitudinally from 18N

to 12N and longitudinally from 119 to 123E. Mind¬

anao is the second largest (97530 km2) and most

easternmost island in the Philippines. The island

is orientated more longitudinally (121E to 126E)

unlike Luzon. Luzon has four major mountain sys¬

tems, the Eastern Sierra Madre, Caraballo, Central

Cordillera and Zambales ranges. Mindanao has the

most complex physiography of the Philippine is¬

lands. There are 5 mountain range systems on the

island mainly of volcanic origin and correspond to

the crustal blocks identified. The highest Philippine

mountain, Mount Apo is located along the eastern

region of the island. Luzon is composed of 7 crustal

blocks while Mindanao has 6 crustal blocks. Luzon

and Mindanao are separated by the Visayas islands,

the second major geographical groupings. The ma¬

jor islands are part of the Philippines “hotspot” of

biodiversity (Heaney et al. 1998). Luzon and Mind¬

anao formed their respective Greater islands during

the Pleistocene. Greater Luzon included the islands

of Polilio and Catanduanes while Greater Mindanao

included the Visayan islands of Samar and Leyte

as well as Dinagat and Basilan islands. The Sulu

iff — k

jJJl . w

o

27

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

archipelago while culturally linked with Mindanao

was never physically connected to it.

The Visayas is composed of the major islands

of Panay, Negros, Masbate, Cebu, Samar and Leyte.

Panay, Negros, Masbate and Cebu formed the

Pleistocene island of Negros-Panay. Islands that

have never been connected to Luzon, Mindanao or

to other Visayan islands include Mindoro, Palawan,

Sibuyan, Romblon, Tablas, Camiguin, Batanes is¬

lands, and the Babuyan islands. With the exception

of Mindoro and Palawan, these islands are oceanic

islands. Palawan is a fragment of continental crust

which was separated during the formation of the

South China Sea basin. This island was connected

to Borneo for a time.

Tectonic history (Fig. 3)

The tectonic histories of the Philippine islands

have been described by Hall (1996; 1998), Yumul

(2008), for the Visayas by Dimalanta et al. (2006),

and Yumul (2000). The convergence of Eurasian

plate and the Philippine plate resulted in a complex

suite of tectonic features which include trenches

and subduction zones on the eastern and western

boundaries of the archipelago. The archipelago’s

western edge is bounded by the Manila trench and

Negros-Sulu and Cotabato trenches. The South

China Sea, Sulu Sea and Celebes Sea basins are

subducting in this region. In the eastern region, the

Philippine trench marks the site where the Philip¬

pine plate is subducting. The resulting stresses

caused the formation of the Philippine Mobile Belt

which is defined by the 1200 km long Philippine

Fault.

The evolution of the archipelago began in the

Mesozoic when a fragment of the Asian continent

was fractured as a result of the birth of the South

China Sea. This block gave rise to Palawan. Con¬

tinued seafloor spreading and formation of oceanic

crust in the Oligocene to the Miocene gave rise to

the South China Sea. The formation of ophiolitic

and arc rocks continued throughout the Tertiary.

Widespread evidence of volcanic activity in the

Southern region of Luzon and Central Visayas indi-

28

I S •"'7

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

cate continued subduction (McDermott et al. 2005;

Vogel et al. 2006) in the Miocene. Before the Plio¬

cene, the Philippines are widely hypothesized as

part of an arc system at the edge of the Philippine

plate. Paleomagnetic data suggests that the clock¬

wise rotation and northward movement of the Phil¬

ippine Plate was crucial to the genesis of Luzon.

Luzon was once situated at subequatorial latitude

as evidenced by paleomagnetic data of Central Cor¬

dillera ophiolites (Queano et al. 2009). Northwest¬

ward rotation started in the Cretaceous. The forma¬

tion of the Visayan Islands occurred in the Miocene

to Pliocene (Fig. 2). These islands are composed

of a melange of ophiolitic rocks and thus have a

heterogenous character (Faustino et al. 2003).

Panay has thick sedimentary basisn composed of

Oligocene to Recent sedimentary rocks and the

Panay western cordillera is hypothesized as crustal

boundary between the Palawan microcontinental

and Panay oceanic crustal blocks (Zamoras et al.

2008). The Visayas is separated from Mindanao

by a proto-trench in the Bohol Sea (Faustino et al.

2003). The Zamboanga Peninsula is a microconti¬

nental block with a Miocene origin and may have

been part of Palawan (Yumul et al. 2004) and areas

east of this block is composed of younger ophiolitic

deposits (Hall 1996; 1998). Southern and Central

Mindanao is characterized by a complex post col-

lisional tectonic setting. A major collisional event

that is reflected in the region’s geology is the Cota-

bato Fault. This structure separates southern, cen¬

tral and northern Mindanao and is a boundary of

crustal accretion (Middleton et al. 2004). Thus the

major Philippine islands show evidence of crustal

accretion and collision (Yumul etal. 2000; 2008).

History of biogeographic theorieson the

Philippines and their relevance to Wallacea

The biogeography of the Philippines is central

to understanding Wallacean biogeography. This has

remained a problem since Alfred Russel Wallace

(Wallace 1859; 1880) described the distribution of

biota in Southeast Asia. The floristic and faunal af¬

finities of the Philippines is largely oriental in char¬

acter as Wallace recognized but the archipelago

lacks many of the representative oriental species

(except in Palawan) and contains a significant Aus¬

tralian floral component which is best represented

in Mindanao, especially in its eastern region. The

faunal component has a high proportion of en¬

demics. With these characteristics, the Philippines

forms part of Wallacea (Dickerson etal. 1928).

The modern theory to account for Philippine

terrestrial biodiversity is premised on island accre¬

tion or integration (Fig. 4) (Hall 1998) as a major

factor in the evolution of high biodiversity (Heaney

1986; 1998; 1999; 2000; 2004; Heaney et al.

1990; 1998). The theory on the dimensions and

Figure 2. The Philippines with respect to zoogeographical boundaries in Southeast Asia.

29

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

origins of Philippine biodiversity is well developed

(Heaney 1986; 1998; 1999; 2000; 2004; Heaney

et al. 1990; 1998; 2005). The results of molecu¬

lar biogeographic studies on mammals support

the earlier predictions on colonization and in situ

diversification (Steppan et al. 2003). In describing

the biogeography of the region, terrestrial biogeog¬

raphers have built upon the equilibrium theory of

island biogeography (Macarthur et al. 1967).

Luzon’s biogography has been described by

Merrill (1923) when he identified the following flo¬

ral regions or subprovinces (Fig. 5). These are the

1) Eastern Luzon-Bicol peninsula region, 2) Luzon

lowlands, 3) Central Cordillera, 4) Zambales moun¬

tains. Merrill describes Mindanao by delineating

the island into its floral subprovinces which include

1) Eastern Mindanao, 2) Bukidnon-Kitanglad High¬

lands, 3) Zamboanga Peninsula and 4) Sulu Archi¬

pelago.

A biogeography of Mindanao is key to under¬

standing the origins of the eastern Philippine biota

and its phylogenetic affinity and connection with

Sulawesi, the Maluku islands and New Guinea. This

biotic region extends to eastern Luzon. Dickerson

(1927) observed that the eastern region of the Phil¬

ippines has a general climate characteristic and

physiography. It is worth noting that the national

icon of Philippine biodiversity, the Philippine Eagle

( Pithecophaga jefferyi) ranges from Mindanao to

northeastern Luzon but is not recorded from Lu¬

zon’s Bicol peninsula.

Dickerson et al. (1928) and Merrill (1923) de¬

lineates the eastern Philippines (including north¬

eastern Luzon, Bicol, Samar, and Leyte) and Mind¬

anao floristic region as “Philippine” for it has a high

percentage of endemics. The other floristic regions

are the Bornean and Formosan (Himalayan) based

on its affinities to continental Asia. However, Mind¬

anao can be further classified into subregions due

the presence numerous pockets of endemism in

the central plateau and the Bukidnon highlands.

This highland region contains some herbaceous

plants of northern affinity.

Merrill (1923) despite the lack of botanical

records for the eastern Philippines recognizes this

region as the distinct Eastern Philippine province.

Among the hypotheses he proposed to account for

this is the presence of a non distinct dry season

and the mainly mountainous habitat of the eastern

Philippine seaboard. The eastern side of Mindanao

is also called as the “Eastern Mindanao Corridor”.

Aside from the eastern Philippine characteristic of

Mindanao, the western section defined by the Zam¬

boanga Peninsula has a striking botanical affinity to

Borneo. This area roughly corresponds to the micro¬

continental fragment that accreted with the rest of

Figure 3. Tectonic evolution of the Philippines.

The oldest island is Luzon while the youngest terranes are found in Mindanao (adapted from Hall 1996).

30

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

Mindanao in its geological evolution.

The faunal regions, or provinces, of the Phil¬

ippines have been described by Heaney and co¬

researchers as based on their 40 years of faunal

surveys and studies (Heaney 1986; 1998; 1999;

2000; 2004; Heaney et al. 1990; 1998; 2005).

The centres of endemism are coincident with the

physiography of the greater islands of Luzon, Ne-

gros-Panay, Palawan, Mindoro and Mindanao dur¬

ing the Pliocene and Pleistocene sea level regres¬

sions. These greater islands were never connected

to each other and served as centres for endemism.

Based on Heaney’s research, Mindanao is

considered as one faunal province with its formerly

connected islands of Bohol, Samar, Leyte, Dinagat

and their associated small islands. However, Dick¬

erson et al. (1928) recognized that Mindanao itself

can be further subdivided into at least 4 faunal

and floristic regions or subregions. First is the east¬

ern region which includes the Agusan, Davao and

Misamis political regions and the islands of Samar,

Leyte and Dinagat. The second region is the south¬

eastern section of the island, consisting of the polit¬

ical subdivisions of Maguindanao, Cotabato, Sultan

Kudarat. The third region consists of the Bukidnon

highlands and the fourth, the Zamboanga Penin¬

sula and Basilan. Sulu and Tawitawi are not con¬

sidered part of Mindanao but as an independent

faunal province.

In the other Philippine faunal and floral re-

Figure 4. Pleistocene aggregated islands of the Philippines as based on the 150 m bathymetric line

(adapted from Heaney 1986).

31

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

gions, Dickerson et al. (1928) initial classifications

are generally concordant with Heaney’s. However

the concordance with Mindanao is not as close

since Merrill suggests the subdivision of the island

into subregions.

The consensus of earlier biogeographical re¬

search is that while Palawan served as a Asian cor¬

ridor to the Philippines, Mindanao served as both

and Asian and Papuan corridor to the Philippines

via Sulawesi in the case of Australo-Papuan biota.

However unlike in Palawan (Heaney et al. 1998),

there is no tectonic evidence that Mindanao was

ever connected to Borneo or Sulawesi. Thus earlier

hypotheses that proposed that Australo-Papuan

biotic elements dispersed to Mindanao and to the

rest of the Philippines is highly unlikely. Thus the

presence of Australian and Papuan biotic elements

in Mindanao is likely due to the accretion of ter-

ranes rather than through dispersal. The timing of

accretion can now be roughly estimated.

The questions that will be explored in this pa¬

per are the following:

1) What are the phylogenetic connections be¬

tween Sulawesi, Wallacea and the Philippines?

2) Why do basal Philippine taxa have a Wallacean

connection?

3) Why many of these Australian and Wallacean

elements did never dispersed beyond their

eastern Philippine distribution?

Mindanao and Luzon hold the key to answering

some of these questions due to its geological his¬

tory and its particular physical geography. To look

into these questions a comparative biogeography

of some iconic Philippine taxa and general notes on

the patterns of distribution in the Philippines espe¬

cially on Luzon and Mindanao.

Methods: Comparative Biogeography

The origin of the Philippine Eagle

The Philippine Eagle Pithecophaga jeffreyi

Ogilvy-Grant is the iconic representation of Philip¬

pine biodiversity (Collar et al. 1999). The distribu¬

tion of this species is largely restricted to the east¬

ern side of the archipelago consisting of the islands

of Luzon, Samar, Leyte and Mindanao. On Luzon,

it is restricted to the Sierra Madre ranges while on

Mindanao, it is restricted to the eastern and central

sections of the island (Denr et al. 1997; Collar et

Sulu

Figure 5. Floral subprovinces of the Philippines (adapted from Merill in Dickerson 1928).

—7

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

al. 1999).

The evolutionary relationship of the eagle with

the neotropical Harpy eagles has been the subject

of investigation since it was first formally described.

Based skeletal and osteological morphology and its

large size, the eagle has been classified with the

Harpiinae (Shufeldt 1919), although Sharpe (1899)

and Whitehead (1899) proposed an alternative

classification placing the eagle with the Circaetus

and Spilornis snake eagles based on the anatomy

of the talons. Given its large size, similar ecological

niche as top predator in closed canopy rainforests,

the eagle has been traditionally classified with the

harpy eagles. Living representatives of this family

include the Neotropical harpy, Harpia, crested ea¬

gle Morphnus, the New Guinea Harpy Harpyopsis,

and the Philippine Pithecophaga.

However recent molecular phylogenetic stud¬

ies suggest that Pithecophaga is more closely re¬

lated to the Circaetinae clade of snake eagles rath¬

er to the Harpininae harpy eagles (Lerner, Mindell

2005). The morphological, skeletal and osteologi¬

cal similarities of Pithecophaga with Harpia is an

excellent example of convergent evolution. Both

eagles occupy similar rainforest biomes and is the

top predator in their habitats.

The origin of the Circaetinae provides the key

to understanding the origin of the Philippine Eagle.

The modern distribution of this subfamily is Afro-

tropical and Oriental. Based on this distribution, the

subfamily can be hypothesized to have a Gondwa-

nan origin. This is further supported that there are

two clades within this subfamily. The Indomalayan

clade consists of the Asian serpent eagles Spilornis

which live in lowland tropical rainforests. The other

clade is the Afrotropical clade that consists of Cir¬

caetus and the Bateleur Theratopius ecaudatus. In

the Lerner and Mindell (2005) phylogenetic recon¬

struction of eagles, the sister taxa of Pithecophaga

is Theratopius although this has weak bootstrap

support. The bateleur is a raptor of the African sa¬

vannah. The question is now how a member of an

African clade persisted in Southeast Asia?

questions on the origin of the fauna are where the

original colonizing species came from and what is

the role of dispersal and vicariance in the develop¬

ment of the rodent fauna? Heaney (1986) hypoth¬

esized that the original colonizers came from the

Asian mainland. The Philippine archipelago is at

least 25 MY old (Yumul et al. 2008) and with the

exception of Palawan, the Philippine islands were

never connected to mainland Asia. Thus initial col¬

onization may have been over water. Jansa et al.

(2006) reconstructed the molecular phylogeny of

Philippine rodents and concluded that there were

at least two colonization episodes, one occurring

at 15-20 MYA and a later one at 3 MYA. The older

colonists gave rise to the Old Endemic clade while

the later ones gave rise to the New Endemic clade.

The Old Endemics make up two clades with

15-25 extant species (mostly cloud rats, Cratero-

mys and Phleomys and their relatives) and the New

Endemics make 3 clades with 3 to 5 species each.

The Old Endemics are mainly folivorous and vermiv-

orous. Old and new endemics diversified within the

Philippine archipelago.

Hall’s (1998) tectonic reconstruction of the

Philippine archipelago at 15-20 MYA reveals a ge¬

ography different from today’s. The proto northern

Luzon landmass was separated from proto Mindan¬

ao by the marginal oceanic basin that will become

the Sulu and Sibuyan seas. Since the Old Endem¬

ics are found largely on Luzon with representatives

in Mindoro and Panay and if a purely dispersalist

theory is assumed, then their nearest source of col¬

onists would have been Asia. However their nearest

living relatives are in Australasia and widely distrib¬

uted there. The sister taxon of Old Endemic clade

D is Australasian (Steppan et al. 2003) If an Asian

dispersal is assumed then their ancestors would

have been long extinct there (Jansa et al. 2006).

The more parsimonious theory would be that their

ancestors initially came from Australasia and were

placed nearer to Luzon as the Philippine Plate ro¬

tated to its present position.

The Australasian origin of Philippine

endemic rats

The Philippines has 22 genera and 64 spe¬

cies of rodents and their diversification provides an

opportunity to study patterns and processes in is¬

land species radiations (Jansa et al. 2006). Ninety

percent (90%) of the Philippine rodent species are

endemic to the archipelago. The biogeographical

o $

The origin of the Philippine Tarsier

Extant tarsier taxa have allopatric and parapatric

distributions (Shekelle 2006). There is not a single

case of sympatric tarsiers. Tarsiers are distributed

only in Southeast Asia but their well documented

fossil history suggests they were distributed widely

in mainland Asia extending into northern China.

The latest dated Asian fossil tarsier is from a Mio¬

cene deposit in Thailand (Ginsberg, Mein 1986).

33

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Two clades have been proposed for tarsiers. The

Western clade includes the Western Tarsier Tar-

sius bancanus, T. bancanus bomeanus, T. banca-

nus saltator and the Philippine Tarsier T. syrichta.

A morphological gradient can be observed among

tarsiers. The western species have the largest eyes,

shortest ears, longest limbs and the Philippine spe¬

cies has intermediate features while the eastern

species have the smallest eyes, shortest limbs and

longest ears (Groves 1998; Shekelle 2006). Given

these characteristics, Musser and Dagosto (1987)

hypothesized that there are two clades, one con¬

taining the Western/Philippine species and the

other the Eastern / Sulawesian species. Molecu¬

lar phylogenetic analysis supports this hypothesis

(Shekelle 2001).

Unlike other taxa whose distributions provide a

clear demarcation between the Indomalayan or Ori¬

ental and Australasian zoological regions, tarsiers

are found on both sides of the Wallace’s Line. The

taxonomic and phylogenetic position of the Philip¬

pine species is puzzling. While it is considered as

part of the western clade, its features are transi¬

tional between the western and eastern species.

Nevertheless, it is more likely that the Philippine

species was derived from the western species

since its distribution never extended beyond the ice

age island of Greater Mindanao. As such it is found

in Samar, Biliran, Leyte, Bohol, Dinagat, Mindanao

and Basilan. The western species distribution is

puzzling also. T. bancanus is found in Borneo and

the Southern tip of Sumatra but is absent on Java

and Bali. Shekelle (2006) hypothesizes that the

species is as tolerant of human habitat disturbance

as the Philippine species. However its absence in

Java even in areas not impacted by human activi¬

ties such as Udjun Kulon suggests that it was never

found there.

The Philippine Tarsier is likely to have originally

existed as a panmictic population in Greater Min¬

danao. Pleistocene vicariance due to sea level rise

isolated populations on Greater Mindanao islands.

These isolated populations are believed to repre¬

sent morphological subspecies. As for the origin of

the Philippine species, it is hypothesized that it di¬

verged from the ancestral western species at 5.6

MYA in the Miocene at the same time that the Su¬

lawesian species diverged.

The Eastern clade consists of T. sangirensis, T.

pumilus , T. dentatus , T. pelegensis , T. lariang and

the newly described Siau Island species T. tumpara

(Shekelle et al. 2008). Unlike in western species,

the eastern species have distinct habitat preferenc¬

es. It is only on Sulawesi that a montane tarsier spe¬

cies exists, T. pumilus. Phylogenetic reconstruction

has not provided a clear hypothesis on when the

Eastern species diverged from the ancestral Asian

one. This probably predated the Miocene origina¬

tion of the Philippine species and before the co¬

alescence of Sulawesi into a single landmass from

being an archipelago. Species diversification of Su¬

lawesi species probably occurred before the island

was formed. It is possible although unlikely that a

tarsier species can cross over water from Borneo

(Morley 1998). The present distribution of tarsiers

suggests that is unlikely. The Philippine species has

never crossed into Cebu from Bohol despite sepa¬

rated by less than 30 km of water during the Pleis¬

tocene. Nevertheless the biogeography of Sulawesi

tarsiers is the exact opposite of those from the Phil¬

ippines. On Sulawesi, island coalescence brought

different species into one island, while on the Phil¬

ippines vicariance separated populations.

Philippine wild pigs

Southeast Asia has the highest diversity of wild

pigs in the world (Lucchini et al. 2005). This is likely

due to vicariance in archipelagos where sea level

transgressions caused the isolation and reconnec¬

tion of islands. The Philippines is the island group

with the most number of restricted distribution wild

pig species with at least 5 species Sus philippensis ,

S. barbatus , S. cebifrons, S. barbatus ahoenobar-

bus (Oliver 1995). The latter has been proposed to

be elevated to species status (Lucchini et al. 2005).

The distribution of the extant species supports He¬

aney’s theory on Philippine biodiversity and his divi¬

sion of the archipelago into faunal regions (Heaney

1986; 1998).

Wu et al. (2006) proposed a phylogeny of wild

pigs based on mtDNA sequences and placed the

Philippine species as a primitive group within the

Eurasian clade closer to the basal African group

that includes the warthog. The phylogeny reflects

an ancient split between the Eurasian and African

clades similar to that seen in the Circaetinae ea¬

gles. This split is consistent with the wild pig mod¬

ern distribution. It is also interestingto note that the

distribution of the more basal and derived clades

follow an East-West pattern. The basal clades have

an Eastern distribution while the derived ones have

a Western distribution.

The Visayan Warty Pig S. cebifrons is the old¬

est to have diverged in the Eurasian clade followed

by the Philippine Wild Pig S. philippensis which is

also distributed in Luzon, Mindoro and Mindanao.

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

Each of these islands has their own subspecies

with Luzon havingS. p. philippensis, Mindoro with

S. p. oliveri and Mindanao with S. p. mindanensis.

S. cebifrons and S. philippensis are closely related

to the Sulawesian S. celebensis. A possible evolu¬

tionary scenario is that the Asian ancestor crossed

into the Philippines via Palawan in the Pliocene giv¬

ing rise to the primitive S. cebifrons and S. philip¬

pensis. This hypothesized ancestor also crossed

into Sulawesi giving rise to S. celebensis. The Su¬

lawesi babirusa Babyroussa babyrussa is a pig that

is difficult to classify with other pigs (Groves 2001)

but is phylogenetically closer to the American pec¬

cary rather than to the African warthog (Wu et al.

2006). This pig species is found only in the north¬

ern end of the island. Sulawesi also has a Miocene

giant pig species Celebochoerus whose fossils

were found only to the southern Walanae region of

the island. This species is closely related with simi¬

lar fossil species found in Java and the Siwalik Hills

of Pakistan (Groves 2001).

Philippine parrots

The Psittaciformes has a Gondwanan ori¬

gin (Wright et al. 2008). Diversification in modern

Southeast Asian clades coincided withe the final

separation of West Antarctica, South America and

India in the Oligocene. Among the genera associat¬

ed with this clade are the Philippine and Wallacean

genera Tanygnathus, Prionilurus, Bolbopsittacus,

and Loriculus. Another clade which diversified in

the Miocene when Australia approached Asia in¬

cludes the Wallacean-Australian genus Trcihogios-

sus whose only Philippine representative is found in

Mindanao at mid-elevation montane forests (Collar

et al. 1999; Kennedy et al. 2000). The congenerics

of the Philippine species are still found in Wallacea

and Sulawesi.

Biogeographic patterns in Mindanao and Luzon

as revealed by plant and other animal taxa

Biogeographic research on Luzon, Mindanao

and the Southern Philippines has been sparse and

limited to a few taxa. However given the existing

material at hand, it is possible to determine pat¬

terns of distribution common to both large islands

The first biogeographical pattern that is very

apparent is the affinities between the Eastern Lu¬

zon and Eastern Mindanao biotic regions. The two

biotic regions may be considered as a transition

jvU

zone. The eastern Philippines including the Sierra

Madre of Luzon, Bicol, the Greater Mindanao is¬

lands of Leyte, Samar, Dinagat, Eastern Mindanao,

the Maluku islands and New Guinea form a con¬

tinuous island arc (Heads 2003). In the montane

plant family Ericaeae, there are a lot of direct Philip¬

pines-New Guinea affinities. In ferns 57 species are

shared between these two island systems (Cope¬

land 1950). While this island arc reflects a certain

unity in floral and faunal composition, there are dif¬

ferences between the northern end (Luzon) and the

southern end (New Guinea). Within the Philippines

similar differences can be noted. For example, the

Palanan rainforest plot in Isabela, north-eastern Lu¬

zon is composed mainly of a west Malesian flora

rather than an eastern (Wallacean) one (Co et al.

2006). Of the 311 species noted in the plot only 10

can be considered as east Malesian. Forty six spe¬

cies (15% of the total) are shared with Lamber Hills

in Sarawak, Malaysia. In eastern Mindanao howev¬

er, the mytraceous flora is Papuan. This flora does

not have special alliances with western Malesia.

The Melastoma (Myrtales) alliance phylogeny

in Tropical Asia shows this pattern quite clearly. The

clade consisting of the Astronia , Beccarianthus ,

Astrocalyx and Astronidium genera show strong

Philippine and New Guinea affinities (LaFrankie

2010). This monophyletic group is centered in New

Guinea. The monotypic genus Astrocalyx is endem¬

ic to the eastern Philippines (Mindanao to Luzon)

floral region. Astronia has its greatest species ra¬

diation in New Guinea (30) species followed by the

Philippines (17) species. This group is primarily re¬

stricted to montane and mossy forests in eastern

Luzon and Mindanao (Co et al. 2006). The distribu¬

tion of mosses show the same pattern especially

for Mindanao (Tan 1998). The presence of Eucalyp¬

tus deglupta in eastern Mindanao is also evidence

of a New Guinea-Australian affinity (Ladiges et al.

2003). The similarities of the Mindanao form with

that of the New Britain form in this eucalypt sup¬

ports the Melanesian arc panbiogeographic track

that runs through New Guinea to Mindanao.

The second biogeographic pattern common to

Mindanao and Luzon is the biotic disjunction be¬

tween the eastern and central regions of these two

islands. Both islands have an eastern and a central

mountain range and have certain floral similarities

in distributional disjunction. On Luzon this is very

notable in the central Cordillera flora which is more

Himalayan than Malesian. Almost all the Himalayan

representatives of the Luzon Cordillera flora are rep¬

resented in Taiwan and southern China (Dickerson

et al. 1928). This forms a separate biome whose

35

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

dominant tree is Pinus kesiya Royle ex Gordon. In

Mindanao, the Bukidnon Highlands present similar

patterns with some montane species having affini¬

ties to the Luzon Cordilleras. However most of the

plant species have affinities to the New Guinea flo¬

ra. This may also be the reason why the butterflies

(Paplionoidea) of Mindanao and Luzon share fau¬

nal similarities in composition (Racheli etal. 1989)

The third biogeographic pattern common to

Mindanao and Luzon is the presence of a western

biotic region that is very distinct from the eastern

one. On Luzon this is defined by the Zambales

mountain range and on Mindanao by the Zambo¬

anga Peninsula mountains. On Luzon the Zam¬

bales mountains are home to another pine species

P. merkusii Jungh et deVries which is found also in

Mindoro and Sumatra. This region has affinities to

Mindoro island and its floral affinity is western Male-

sian with the montane flora having a distinct Hima¬

layan component (Linis 2009). On Mindanao, the

Zamboanga Peninsula is a different biogeographic

region from that of Eastern Mindanao. The flora and

fauna here has a strong Bornean affinity. This is

very apparent in the distribution of Philippine cypri-

nid fish (Dickerson etal. 1928). This family of strict¬

ly freshwater fishes reach their highest diversity in

Indo-China and Peninsular Malaysia. Their distribu¬

tion eastwards extends only to Palawan, Mindoro,

Zamboanga Peninsula and into the central Lanao

plataeu where the family rapidly diversified (Herre

1933). Recent studies into the phylogeography of

bent toed geckos Cyrtodactylus suggests similar

evolutionary processes of Bornean immigrants rap¬

idly diversifying in western Mindanao (Siler et al.

2010). Similar patterns were noted by Dickerson et

al. (1928) in reptiles and amphibians.

Discussion

Beyond the Pleistocene paradigm

in Philippine biogeography

There is a growing consensus to revisit the

present Pleistocene Aggregated Island Coales¬

cence (PAIC) model of Philippine biogeography

which is currently the paradigm (Siler et al. 2010)

and used for conservation planning and priority set¬

ting (Ong et al. 2002; Catibog-Sinha et al. 2006).

This is necessitated by the scale of endemic bio¬

diversity being discovered as species inventories

continue in the Philippines. Pleistocene isolation

and vicariance while it shows clear patterns of en-

demicity at a larger scale may not account for these

patterns at a smaller scale or at temporal scales

that predate the Pleistocene. Researchers suggest

that multi-taxon and multi-locus approach should

be done to address the problem. The main thesis of

the PAIC model is that colonization from mainland

Asia happened rarely and when it did rapid species

diversification in immigrant taxa occurred.

However in the beginnings of Philippine biogeo-

graphical science Dickerson et al (1928) already

had identified distributional patterns that may merit

more than a vicariance or dispersal based explana¬

tion. However as the plate tectonic theory was not

existence then, the causality of these distributions

and how they came to be were tenuously (or more

speculatively) to the land bridge paradigm which is

a theory that Alfred Russel Wallace used to explain

faunal similarities in Southeast Asia.

Dickerson et al. (1928) for lack of a better the¬

ory found it difficult to test why there is a large Aus¬

tralian / Gondwanan element in the eastern Phil¬

ippines (Luzon to Mindanao) biota which strongly

suggested a land bridge connection with Sulawesi

and the rest of Wallacea. Until plate tectonic theory

was proposed, this was not testable. However as

presented in the earlier accounts of systematic bio¬

geography and distributional analysis, it is now pos¬

sible to test the Philippines-Sulawesi-New Guinea

connection and a Gondwanan origin for some of

the Philippine taxa.

A first test is Pithecophaga. Given its position

within the African clade, Pithecophaga has prob¬

ably a Gondwanan origin. This is supported by an

estimated deep divergence between the Afrotropi-

cal and Indomalayan clades which likely dates back

to the Oligocene. Members of these clades are re¬

stricted to their regions with the Philippine Eagle be¬

ing the sole exception. It is the only representative

of the Afrotropical clade in Asia and is likely a relict

species. Spilornis on the other hand is exclusive to

Southeast Asia with most species on Wallacea and

is rare throughout its range. If there were close Wal-

lacean relatives of Pithecophaga , they would have

likely existed in Sulawesi but are now extinct. How¬

ever there are not yet reported raptor fossils to test

this hypothesis

The parrots have a Gondwanan origin and the

dating of the phylogenetic split that gave rise to taxa

(Jonsson et al. 2008) shared between Sulawesi

and the Philippines are coincident with the inferred

time when these island groups started to accrete

(Hall 1998). It is notable that the older clade which

contains Loriculus , Bolbopsittacus, Tanygnathus

and Prionilurus has a wider distribution in Wallacea

and the Philippines wherein member island spe-

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

cies are endemic and can be accounted for PAIC

theory thereby fulfilling Wallace’s biogeographic

predictions. The younger clade containing Tricho-

glossus has a Philippine representative restricted

to Mindanao and was never able to disperse to

Luzon whereas members of the clade are found in

Australia, New Guinea and the Maluku islands. A

similar pattern can be noted in the pigs which have

a Eurasian-African origin but relicts of an older ra¬

diation are found in Sulawesi and the Philippines.

These basal clades are closer to the more primitive

African warthogand neotropical peccaries.

The Gondwanan connections in Pithecopha-

ga’s Afrotropical clade, the parrot clades, the basal

pig clades are starting to become apparent. As

for the bird species radiation in Wallacea, there is

some evidence to show at least for the avian fam¬

ily Camphephagidae that colonization from Africa

via the Indian Ocean was likely during the Miocene

(Jonsson et al. 2008).

The biogeography of the tarsiers are interest¬

ing for they have a continental Asian ancestry and

straddle Wallace’s Line but the Philippine species

T. syrichta is probably derived from the Bornean

species and is restricted to the Mindanao faunal

region. However tarsiers reach their highest spe¬

cies diversity in Sulawesi and adjacent islands. The

relationship of the Philippine species with the Su¬

lawesi species is unresolved and an answer to this

is to date when the hypothetical ancestor that gave

rise to the Philippine and Sulawesi species crossed

from Borneo to proto-Mindanao or to the islands

that would become the single island of Sulawesi.

If a crossing over from Borneo to proto-Mindanao

is possible then it may be possible to cross over

from proto-Sulawesi to Mindanao. Dickerson et al

(1928) were puzzled by the absence of marsupials

in Mindanao given that they exist in the Maluku is¬

lands, Sulawesi and New Guinea and the strong bo¬

tanical affinity between Sulawesi, New Guinea and

the Philippines. However it is more likely that mar¬

supials got to proto-Sulawesi at an earlier date in

the Oligocene to Miocene (Moss et al. 1998) than

when Mindanao was formed and they were not able

to disperse (Michaux 1994).

It is most likely that the formation of the

Makassar Straits between Sulawesi and Borneo

in the Palaeocene and Eocene may have allowed

for the dispersion of taxa such as the hypothesized

ancestral Tarsier and basal pig species across a

hypothesized land bridge or a series of emergent

volcanic islands to western and Southern Sulawesi

(Moss et al. 1998). A similar feature may have al¬

lowed for a Sulawesi-Mindanao biotic interchange

o Jft

via the north arm of Sulawesi. There is a chain of

volcanic arc islands that lead to Mindanao. Alter¬

natively, Australian biotic elements may have colo¬

nized northern Sulawesi via the eastern Philippines

route from the Sangihe islands and New Guinea.

This hypothesis supports the contention stated in

this paper that the endemic rodent genera in the

Philippines is likely to have an Australasian origin. It

is also supported by the presence insect taxa that

are common to New Guinea and eastern Philip¬

pines but are rare or absent in Sulawesi (Gressitt

1956). However this does not answer the question

of Dickerson et al (1928) on the absence of marsu¬

pials in the Philippines which are believed unable to

disperse over water. Marsupials in some Wallacean

islands may have been dispersed by humans rather

than by natural means (Oosterzee 1997)

The third question posited in this paper is why

many of the Wallacean elements seemed to have

never dispersed much beyond the eastern Luzon

and eastern Mindanao biotic region. A compari¬

son with Sulawesi biogeography is relevant here.

Sulawesi as a coalesced archipelago shows a high

degree of faunal endemism in its various “arms”.

In Sulawesi, lowland and montane rainforest taxa

hardly are found beyond their respective regions of

endemism as best demonstrated by the tarsiers,

Macaca monkeys, toads (Evans et al. 2009) and

the basal pigs which includes the babirusa Baby-

rousa babyrussa (Groves 2001). A similar pattern is

likely to hold for eastern Philippines, which is char¬

acterized by a wetter climate with more evenly dis¬

tributed rainfall than what is known from the west¬

ern side. Also a similar observation can be made

for the Philippine cyprinids which are associated

with the microcontinental blocks of Zamboanga,

Mindoro and Palawan. These fish hardly ever dis¬

persed beyond these terranes.

The biogeography of Luzon, Mindanao, the

rest of the Philippines and Sulawesi while both

about island coalesence shows difference in histo¬

ries. The Philippine islands came into close proxim¬

ity but were never fully coalesced thus allowing for

vicariantspeciation to happen. Sulawesi’s constitu¬

ent islands fully coalesced into single landmass but

habitat and climate differences allowed for vicari-

ance to happen. Sulawesi has more of the basal

mammal lineages than the Philippines. Like in the

Philippine case (Jansa et al. 2006), the sources of

Sulawesi endemic species came from an old en¬

demic colonization and a new endemic coloniza¬

tion (Ruedi et al. 1998).

37

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

The Philippines as part of Wallacea:

a panbiogeographic model

Merrill in Dickerson (1928) places the Phil¬

ippines within Wallacea given the biogeographic

characteristics of the archipelago. He puts much

emphasis on the “great differences in geologic his¬

tory” of the various islands of Wallace’s Malay Ar¬

chipelago. This region is geologically unstable and

was interpreted to be a zone of transition rather

than a separating line between the Asian and Aus¬

tralian biogeographic regions. A key observation of

Merrill is that the region has a lot of relict forms

which given the limited phylogenies published, ap¬

pears to have a largely Gondwanan affinity.

At present Wallace’s and Weber’s lines are

interpreted as a plate tectonic boundary (Audley-

Charles 1981). Given the current paradigm, the tec¬

tonic history of the Philippines and the rest of Wal¬

lacea has been reconstructed (Hall 1996; 1998).

However determining which oceanic or continental

block was emergent is difficult during the process

of tectonic evolution. Thus biogeographic interpre¬

tation has to have caveats. Most of the Philippine

islands are de novo oceanic islands as evidenced

by ophiolitic arc rocks (Hall 1996; Yumul et al.

2008) and were attached to the Philippine plate

which rotated clockwise.

This tectonic rotation of the Philippine plate

is so important in defining the Philippines as part

of Wallacea. Present day Wallacea is shaped like

a triangle with the Philippines at its apex and the

base is Indonesia and New Guinea. While Mer¬

rill in Dickerson (1928) hypothesized that biotic

dispersal was along the longer sides of the Wal-

lacean triangle rather than across it. The present

tectonic reconstructions show that plate rotation

occurred and the proto-islands of the Philippines

were translated from subequatorial latitudes to

the more northern latitudes. This can be modelled

using panbiogeographic approaches rather than

by dispersal or vicariance as previously assumed.

The panbiogeographic tracks describing Philippine

and New Guinea relationships have been modelled

as consistent with plate tectonic reconstructions

(Heads 1990; 2001; 2003). Panbiogeographic

tracks seem to be associated with the eastern

Philippines terranes and microcontinental blocks

such as Mindoro, Panay Cordilleras, Palawan and

Zamboanga Peninsula (Fig. 6). For the microconti¬

nental blocks, there are floral and faunal affinities

with Indo-China and Sumatra. It is worth noting that

A - New Guinea-Banda-Eastern Philippines arc, B - Vietnam-Luzon, C - Sumatra-Mindoro-Zambales Mountains,

D- Borneo-Zamboanga Peninsula, E - Sulawesi-Central Mindanao.

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

centres of endemicity in the Philippines are asso¬

ciated with crustal boundaries and accretions and

is clearly shown in Wallacean Eucalyptus which is

associated with arc terranes (Ladiges et al. 2003).

This is a key prediction of pan biogeography (Croizat

1958; 1964; Croizat et al. 1974; Heads 2002).

Conclusion

While the Philippines have a large Sundaland

biotic component there is a significant Wallacean,

New Guinea and Australian element in the biota.

The evolutuonary relationships of some of the icon¬

ic taxa suggest a Wallacean and an older Gondwa-

nan origin. Given the tectonic history of the Philip¬

pines, the evolutionary history of Wallacean taxa

can be modelled using panbiogeography. Many of

the taxa are associated with tectonic features and

hardly dispersed beyond these. A major observation

is that the basal members of the taxa discussed in

this paper persist in Wallacea. This supports Mer¬

rill’s in Dickerson (1928) observation that many rel¬

ict taxa survive in Wallacea.

Luzon and Mindanao are keys to understand¬

ing Wallacean biogeography especially in under¬

standing the Sundaland and Australian biotic

transition. There is a need for more phylogenetic

research to describe the evolutionary relationships

between Philippine especially Mindanao taxa with

that of Sulawesi. The following questions that date

back to Dickerson and Merrill have not been fully

answered. Did Luzon and Mindanao contribute to

the biodiversity of Sulawesi and the rest of Wal¬

lacea? How did Wallacea and Sulawesi contribute

to the biodiversity of Luzon? These questions have

direct bearing on human evolution in Wallacea. It

is likely that Merrill in Dickerson (1928) hypothesis

on phylogenetic relicts persisting in Wallacea is

supported by the discovery of the late Pleistocene

survival of hominins like Homo floresiensis (Brown

et al. 2004) and the possibility that similar archaic

Homo existing in northern Luzon in the early to mid

Pleistocene (Mijares et al. 2010). However there is

still a need for more intensive biotic surveys of the

Philippines and Wallacea in order to resolve these

questions.

Acknowledgements

The author would like to thank the following

for their comments and providing relevant

information, Dr. Armand Mijares ( Archaeological

<4^ jvLl

Studies Program, University of the Philippines,

Quezon City, Philippines), Prof. Emeritus Edgardo

D. Gomez (Marine Sciences Institute, University of

the Philippines, Quezon City, Philippines) Dr. Arvin

Diesmos (National Museum of the Philippines,

Manila, Philippines), Dr. Daniel Lagunzad (Institute

of Biology, University of the Philippines, Quezon

City), Mr. Leonard Co (Herbarium, University of

the Philippines, Quezon City) Dr. Jim LaFrankie

(Black Tree Press, San Fernando City, La Union,

Philippines) Mr. Alexander B.Aloy ( University of the

Philippines Mindanao, Davao City, Philippines) and

Mr. J.C.Mendoza ( Raffles Museum, , Singapore).

This book chapter is dedicated to the memory

of the Filipino botanists Leonard Co (1953-2010)

and Daniel Lagunzad (1957-2010).

References

Audley-Charles M.G. 1981. Geological history of the

region of Wallace’s Line. In: Whitmore T.C. (ed.)

Wallace’s Line and Plate Tectonics. Clarendon

Press, Oxford: 24-35.

Brown P.,SutiknaT., Morwood M.J.,SoejonoR.P.,Jatmiko,

Wayhu, Saptomo E, Awe Due R. 2004. A new small¬

bodied hominin from the Late Pleistocene of Flores,

Indonesia. - Nature 431, No. 7012: 1055-1061.

Cati bog-Sin ha C., Heaney L.R. 2006. Philippine

Biodiversity: Principles and Practice. Quezon City,

Haribon Foundation for the Conservation of Nature:

495 pp.

Co L., LaFrankie J., Lagunzad D., Pasion K., Consunji

H., Bartolome N., Yap S., Molin, J., Tongco M.,

Ferreras U., Davies S., Ashton P. 2006. Forest Trees

of Palanan, Philippines. Quezon City, Center for

Integrative and Development Studies, University of

the Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City: 313 pp.

Collar N., Mallari N.A., Tabaranza B.R. 1999. Threatened

Birds of the Philippines. Bookmark, Manila: 555 pp.

Copeland E. 1950. The origin of the Philippine fern flora.

- Philippine Journal of Science 79: 1-5.

Croizat L. 1958. Pan biogeography. Caracas, privately

published: 275 pp.

Croizat L. 1964. Space, time and form: The biological

synthesis. Caracas, privately published: 881 pp.

Croizat L., Nelson G., Rosen D.E. 1974. Centers of origin

and related concepts. - Systematic Zoology 23, No.

2: 265-287.

DEN R-U N EP 1997. Philippine Biodiversity. An assessment

and action plan. Makati, Bookmark: 298 pp.

Dickerson R., Merrill E.D., McGregor R.C., Schultze W.,

Taylor E.H., Herre A.W. 1928. Distribution of Life in

the Philippines. Manila, Bureau of Science: 322 pp.

-#

39

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Dimalanta C.B., Suerte L., Yumul G., Tamayo R., Ramos

E. 2006. A Cretaceous supra-subduction oceanic

basin source for Central Philippine ophiolitic

basement complexes: Geological and geophysical

constraints. - Geosciences Journal 10, No. 3: 305-

320.

Evans B.J., Supriatna J., Andayani N., Setiadi M.I.,

Cannatella D.C., Melnick D.J., Yoder A. 2009.

Monkeys and toads define areas of endemism on

Sulawesi. - Evolution 57, No. 6: 1436-1443.

Faustino D.V., Yumul G.P., de Jesus J.V., Dimalanta

C.B., Aitchinson J.C., Zhou M.-F., Tamayo R.A.,

Leon M.M. 2003. Geology of southeast Bohol,

central Philippines: accretion and sedimentation

in a marginal basin. - Australian Journal of Earth

Sciences 50: 571-583.

Ginsberg L., Mein P. 1986. Tarsi us thailandica nov sp.

Tarsiidae (Primates, Mammalia) fossile d’Asie. -

Comptes rend us d’i Academie de Science (Paris),

Series II, 2, No. 19: 1213-1215.

Gressitt J. 1956. New Guinea and Insect Distribution.

Proceedings of the Tenth International Congress of

Entomology, Montreal, PQ, Canada: 767-773.

Groves C. 1998. Systematics of Tarsiers and Lorises. -

Primates 39, No. 1: 13-27.

Groves C. 2001. Mammals in Sulawesi: Where did they

come from and when, and what happened to them

when they got there? In: Metcalfe I., Smith J.M.,

Morwood M., Davidson I (eds.) Faunal and Floral

Migrations and Evolution in SEAsia and Australasia.

AA Balkema Publishers, Tokyo: 332-342.

Hall R. 1996. Reconstructing Cenozoic SE Asia. In:

Hall R., Blundell D. (eds.) Tectonic Evolution of

Southeast Asia 1. Geological Society of London,

London: 153-184.

Hall R. 1998. The plate tectonics of Cenozoic SE Asia

and the distribution of land and sea. In: Hall R.,

Holloway J.D. (eds.) Biogeography and Evolution of

SEAsia. Backhuys Publisher, Leiden: 99-131.

Heads M.J. 1990. Mesozoic tectonics and the

deconstruction of biogeography: a new model of

Australasian biology. - Journal of Biogeography 17:

223-225.

Heads M.J. 2001. Birds of paradise (Paradisaeidae) and

bowerbirds (Ptilonorhychidae):regional levels of

biodiversity and terrane tectonics in New Guinea.

- Journal of the Zoological Society London 225:

331-339.

Heads M. 2002. Regional patterns of biodiversity in New

Guinea animals. - Journal of Biogeography 29:

285-294.

Heads M.J. 2003. Ericaceae in Malesia. - Telopea 10,

No. 1: 311-449.

Heaney L.R. 1986. Biogeography of mammals in SE

Asia: estimates of rates of colonization, extinction

and speciation. - Biological Journal of the Linnean

Society 28: 127-165.

Heaney L.R. 1998. The origins and dimensions of

biodiversity in the Philippines In: Heaney L.R,

Regalado J.C., Jr. (eds.) Vanishing Treasures of the

Philippine Rainforest. Chicago, Field Museum of

Natural History: 12-22.

Heaney L.R. 1999. Historical biogeography in SE Asia:

integrating paradigms and refining the details. -

Journal of Biogeography 26: 435-437.

Heaney L.R. 2000. Dynamic disequilibrium: A longterm,

large scale perspective on the equilibirum model

of island biogeography. - Global Ecology and

Biogeography 9, No. 1: 59-74.

Heaney L.R 2004. Conservation biogeography in oceanic

archipelagoes. In: Lomolino M.V., Heaney L.R.

(eds.) Frontiers of Biogeography: New Directions

in the Geography of Nature. Sinauer Publishers,

Sunderland MA: 345-360.

Heaney L.R, Regalado J.C. 1998. Vanishing Treasures

of the Philippine Rainforest. Chicago, The Field

Museum of Natural History: 88 pp.

Heaney L.R. Rickart E.A. 1990. Correlations of clades and

dines: Geographical, elevational and phylogenetic

patterns in Philippine mammals. In: Peters G.,

Hutterer R. (eds.) Correlations of clades and

dines: Geographical , elevational and phylogenetic

patterns in Philippine mammals. Vertebrates in the

Tropics. Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn: 321-

322.

Heaney L.R., Walsh J.S., Jr, Townsend-Peterson

A. 2005. The roles of geological history and

colonization abilities in genetic differentiation

between mammalian populations in the Philippine

archipelago. - Journal of Biogeography 32: 229-

247.

Herre A.W. 1933. The fishes of Lake Lanao, a problem in

evolution. - American Naturalist 67, No. 709: 154-

162.

Jansa S.A., Barker F.K., Heaney L.R. 2006. The pattern

and timing of diversification in Philippine endemic

rodents: Evidence from mitochondrial and nuclear

gene sequences. - Systematic Biology 55, No. 1:

73-88.

Jonsson K.A., Irestedt M., Fuchs J., Ericson P.G.P.,

Christidis L., Bowie R.C.K., Norman J.A., Pasquet

E., Fjeldsa J. 2008. Explosive avian radiations

and multi-directional dispersal across Wallacea:

Evidence from the Campephagidae and other

Crown Corvida (Aves). - Molecular Phylogenetics

and Evolution 47, No. 1: 221-236.

Kennedy R.S., Gonzales P.C., Dickinson E.D., Miranda

H.C., Jr, Fisher T.H. 2000. A Guide to the Birds of

Vallejo B., Jr.: The Philippines in Wallaces

the Philippines. Oxford, Oxford University Press:

540 pp.

Ladiges P.Y., Udovicic F., Nelson G. 2003. Australian

biogeographical connections and the phylogeny

of large genera in the plant family Myrtaceae. -

Journal of Biogeography 30: 989-998.

LaFrankie J.V. 2010. Trees of Tropical Asia. San Fernando,

La Union, Black Tree Publications, Inc.: 750 pp.

Lerner H.R.L., Mindell D.P. 2005. Phylogeny of eagles,

Old World vultures, and other Accipitridae based

on nuclear and mitochondrial DNA. - Molecular

Phylogenetics and Evolution 37: 327-346.

Linis V. 2009. Biogeography of Mindoro mosses. -

Blumea 54: 290-296.

Lucchini V., Meijaard E., Diong C.H., Groves C.P., Randi

E. 2005. New phylogenetic perspectives among

species of South-east Asian wild pig (Sus sp) based

on mtDNA sequences and morphometric data. -

Journal of the Zoological Society London 266: 25-

35.

MacArthur R.M., Wilson E.O. 1967. The Theory of Island

Biogeography. Princeton, Princeton University

Press: 203 pp.

Mayr E. 1976. Wallace’s Line in the Light of Recent

Zoogeographic Studies. In: Mayr E. (ed.) Evolution

and Diversity of Life. Flarvard University Press,

Cambridge MA: 626-645.

McDermott F., Francisco F., Jr., Defant M., Turner S.,

Maury R. 2005. The petrogenesis of volcanics

from Mt. Bulusan and Mt. Mayon in the Bicol arc,

the Philippines. - Contributions to Mineralogy and

Petrology 150, No. 6: 652-670.

Merrill E.D. 1923. Distribution of the Dipterocarpaceae.

Origin and Relationships of the Philippine Flora and

Causes of the Differences between the Floras of

Eastern and Western Malaysia. - Philippine Journal

of Science 23: 1-23.

Michaux B. 1994. Land movements and animal

distributions in east Wallacea (eastern

Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and Melanesia).

Paiaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology ,

Palaeoecology 112, No. 3/4: 323-343.

Middleton C., Buenavista A., Rohrlach B., Gonzalez J.,

Subang L., Moreno G. 2004. A Geological Review

of the Tampakan Copper-Gold Deposit, Southern

Mindanao, Philippines. In: Maul J.L. (ed.) Hi Tech

and World Competitive Mineral Success Stories

Around the Pacific Rim. Proceedings of PACRIM

2004 Conference, Adelaide, 19-22 September,

2004, AusIMM, Melbourne: 173-187.

Mijares A.S., Detroit F., Piper P., Grun R., Bel I wood P.,

Aubert M., Champion G., Cuevas N., De Leon A.,

Dizon E. 2010. New evidence for a 67,000-year-old

human presence at Callao Cave, Luzon, Philippines.

0~ , If!

jvLl

- Journal of Human Evolution 59, No. 1: 123-132.

Morley R. 1998. Palynological evidence for tertiary plant

dispersals in the SE Asian region in relation to plate

tectonics and climate. In: Flail R., Holloway J.D.

(eds.) Biogeography and Geological Evolution ofSE

Asia. Backhuys Publisher, Leiden: 211-234.

Moss S.J., Wilson M.E. 1998. Biogeographic implications

of tertiary paleogeographic evolution of Sulawesi

and Borneo. In: Hall R., Holloway J.D. (eds.)

Biogeography and Evolution of SE Asia. Backhuys

Publisher, Leiden: 133-163.

Musser G., Dagosto M. 1987. The identity of Tarsius

pumilus, a pygmy species endemic to the montane

mossy forests of central Sulawesi. - American

Museum Novitates 2867: 1-53.

Oliver W. 1995. The taxonomy, distribution and status of

Philippine wild pigs. - Ibex 3: 26-32.

Ong P., Afuang L., Rosell-Ambal R. 2002. Philippine

Biodiversity Conservation Priorities: a second

iteration of the National Biodiversity Strategy and

Action Plan. Manila, DENR, Cl, UPCIDS and FPE:

113.

Oosterzee P. von 1997. Where Worlds Collide: The

Wallace Line. Melbourne, Reed Publishing: 234 pp.

QueanoK.L.,Ali J.R., PubellierM.,Yumul J.G.P., Dimalanta

C.B. 2009. Reconstructing the Mesozoic-early

Cenozoic evolution of northern Philippines: clues

from palaeomagnetic studies on the ophiolitic

basement of the Central Cordillera. - Geophysical

Journal International 178, No. 3: 1317-1326.

Racheli T., Biondi M. 1989. Biogeographical observations

on the Philippine Papilionoidea (Lepidoptera). -

Italian Journal of Zoology 56, No. 4: 333-347.

Ruedi M.,Auberson M.,Savolainen V. 1998. Biogeography

of Sulawesian Shrews: Testing for their Origin with

a Parametric Bootstrap on Molecular Data. -

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 9, No. 3:

567-571.

Sharpe R.B. 1899. Hand-list to the genera and species

of birds. London, The British Museum: 677 pp.

Shekelle M. 2006. Distribution and biogeography of

tarsiers. In: Shekelle M., Maryanto C., Groves

C., Schulze H., Snider H.F. (eds.) Primates of the

Oriental Night. Indonesian Institute of Sciences

(LIPI), Jakarta: 13-27.

Shekelle M., Groves C., Merker S., Supriana J. 2008.

Tarsius tumpara: a new tarsier species from Siau

Island, North Sulawesi. - Primate Conservation 23:

55-64.

Shufeldt R.W. 1919. Osteological and other notes

on the monkey-eating eagle of the Philippines

Pithecophaga jeffreyi Grant. - Philippine Journal of

Science 15, No. 1: 31-58.

Siler C.D., Oaks J.R., Esselstyb J A., Diesmo, A.C.,

41

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011. Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Brown R.M. 2010. Phylogeny and biogeography

of Philippine bent-toed geckos (Gekkonidae:

Cyrtodoactylus ) contradict a prevailing model

of Pleistocene diversification. - Molecular

Phylogenetics and Evolution 55: 699-710.

Simpson G.G. 1977. Too many lines. - Proceedings of

the American Philosophical Society 121, No. 2:

107-120.

Steppan S.J., Zawadzki C., Heaney L.R. 2003. Molecular

phylogeny of the endemic Philippine rodent Apomys

(Muridae) and the dynamics of diversification in an

oceanic archipelago. - Biological Journal of the

Linnean Society 80, No. 4: 699-715.

Tan B.C. 1998. Noteworthy disjunctive patterns of

Malesian mosses. In: Hall R., Holloway J.D. (eds.)

Biogeography and Evolution of SE Asia. Backhuys

Publisher, Leiden: 235-241.

Vogel T., Flood T., Patino L., Wilmot M., Maximo R., Arpa

C., Arcilla C., Stimac J. 2006. Geochemistry of

silicic magmas in the Macolod Corridor, SW Luzon,

Philippines: evidence of distinct, mantle-derived,

crustal sources for silicic magmas. - Contributions

to Mineralogy and Petrology 151, No. 3: 267-281.

Wallace A.R. 1859. On the zoological geography of the

Malay Archipelago. - Zoological Proceedings of the

Linnaean Society, http://www.wku.edu/~smithch/

wallace/S053.htm (last accessed: 12 October,

2009)

Wallace A.R. 1880. Island Life: The Phenomena and

Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras. London,

McMilland and Co: 560 pp.

Wright T.F., Schirtzinger E.E., Matsumono T., Eberhard

J., Graves G.R., Sanchez J.J., Capelli S., Muller

H., Scharpegge J., Chambers G.K. Fleischer, R.C.

2008. A multilocus molecular phylogeny of the

Parrots (Psittaciformes): Support for a Gondwanan

origin during the Creataceous. - Molecular Biology

and Evolution 25, No. 10: 2141-2156.

Wu G.-S., Pang J.-F., Zhang Y.-P. 2006. Molecular

phylogeny and phylogeography of Suidae. -

Zoological Research 27, No. 2: 197-201.

Yumul G.P., Dimalanta C.B., Maglambayan V.B., Marquez

EJ. 2008. Tectonic setting of a composite terra ne:

a review of the Philippine island arc system. -

Geosciences Journal 12: 7-17.

Yumul G.P., Dimalanta C.B., Tamayo R.A., Baretto J.A.L.

2000. Contrasting morphological trends of islands

in Central Philippines. - The Island Arc 9, No. 4:

627-637.

Yumul G.P., Dimalanta C.B., Tamayo R.A., Maury R.C.,

Bellon H., Polve M., Maglambayan V.B., Querubin

C.L., Cotten J. 2004. Geology of the Zamboanga

Peninsula, Mindanao, Philippines: an enigmatic

South China continental fragment? - Geological

Society London , Special Publications 226: 289-

312.

Zamoras L.R., Montes M.G.A., Queafio K.L., Marquez

E.J., Dimalanta C.B., Gab, J.A.S., Yumul G.P.

2008. Buruanga peninsula and Antique Range:

Two contrasting terra nes in Northwest Pa nay,

Philippines featuring an arc-continent collision

zone. - Island Arc 17, No. 4: 443-457.

Received: 19 August , 2010

Accepted: 01 May 2011

i

9

42

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Checklist of the Lucanidae (Insecta: Coleoptera)

from the Indo-Australian transition zone

Luca Bartolozzi \ Fabio Cianferoni 2 & Cinzia Monte 3

Museo di Storia Naturale, Sezione di Zoologia, Universita degli Studi di Firenze, via Romana 17,

1-50125, Firenze, Italy

1 - luca.bartolozzi@unifi.it

2 -fabio.cianferoni@unifi.it

3 - cinzia.monte@alice.it

Abstract: A checklist of the known species of Coleoptera Lucanidae from New Guinea and its surrounding islands

(Solomon Archipelago, Moluccan Archipelago, Raja Am pat Archipelago, Bismarck Archipelago, Louisiade Archipelago,

and D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago) is provided. The subspecies Dorcus meeki delislei Nagai et Tsukawaki, 1999 and

Dorcus meeki jasmini Nagai et Tsukawaki, 1999 are considered as synonyms of D. meeki Boileau, 1906 (new

synonymy).

Keywords: Coleoptera, Lucanidae, checklist, New Guinea, Wallacea, Solomon Islands.

Introduction

The stag beetle fauna of New Guinea and

its surrounding islands (Solomon Archipelago,

Moluccan Archipelago, Raja Ampat Archipelago,

Bismarck Archipelago, Louisiade Archipelago,

D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago) is very rich, with

several faunistical lists having previously been

published (e.g. Donovan 1805; Macleay 1887;

Masters 1888; Tryon 1890; Sharp 1900; Arrow

1906; 1915; Balfour-Browne 1959; 1962; De Lisle

1972; Gressit, Hornabrook 1977; Bomans 1985;

Hawkeswood, Bomans 1992). We believe it useful to

provide an updated checklist of the Lucanidae from

this geographic area, given that the information is

scattered amongst many publications, some of

them difficult to locate.

Here we have listed 175 taxa belonging to 16

genera (five endemic and 11 non endemic to the

area examined). The endemic taxa (species and

subspecies) are 162, corresponding to 92.6%. The

endemic genera are Cherasphorus Bomans, 1988,

Irianoaegus Fujita, 2010, Microlucanus Bomans et

Bartolozzi, 1996, Pachystaegus De Lisle, 1967, and

Tumidaegus Bomans, 1988. The richest genus is

Aegus Macleay, 1819 with 57 species, 56 of which

are endemic. 40 species of Figulus Macleay, 1819

are present, 34 of which are endemic; 100% of the

23 Cyclommatus Parry, 1863 taxa are endemic to

the area.

The presence of taxa (species and subspecies)

in New Guinea (Indonesian Papua and Papua New

Guinea) and in the others archipelagos examined

in this paper can be summarised as follows:

The definition of genera within the Lucanidae

family has always been controversial: depending on

the author, the same species are often placed in

different genera and subgenera (e.g. Arrow 1943;

1950; Didier, Seguy 1953; Benesh 1960; Maes

1992; 2011; Krajcik 2001; 2003; Fujita 2010). In

the absence of a complete revision and a better

definition of characters for genera and subgenera,

o $

here we have used the more recent nomenclatures

followed by Krajcik (2001; 2003) and Fujita (2010);

the subfamilies follow Smith (2006). The genera

are listed in the order proposed by Krajcik (2001)

with a few changes and the integrations of the

taxa described after 2001; all species are listed

in alphabetical order, because no taxonomical

arrangement is hitherto possible.

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

For each species we have provided the author

and year of publication, page of description,

distribution within the region and general distribution

of the species if not endemic. In the case of New

Guinea, we have indicated Papua New Guinea

and / or Indonesian Papua when we know where

the published localities are situated. In the case

of the archipelagos (Bismarck, D’Entrecasteaux,

Louisiade, Moluccas, Raja Ampat, Solomon) we

have listed the islands from where the species are

quoted, when known. Aru Islands and Kei Islands

are listed among the Moluccas, but they belong to

the Moluccan Archipelago only administratively, not

geographically.

Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Moluccas,

New Guinea, Raja Ampat, and Solomon Islands

Lampriminae Macleay, 1819

Lamprima Latreille, 1806

Lamprima adolphinae (Gestro, 1875)

(Plate 6, fig. 1)

Neolamprima adolphinae Gestro, 1875: 999

Lamprima adolphinae chalcitidis Didier et Seguy,

1952: 222

Lamprima adolphinae bohni Darge et Seguy, 1953:

252

Lamprima adolphinae olivacea Nagel, 1930: 88

Lamprima adolphinae lulua Kriesche, 1940: 39

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Lucaninae Latreille, 1804

Penichrolucanus Deyrolle, 1863

Penichrolucanus leveri Arrow, 1938

Penichrolucanus leveri Arrow, 1938: 61

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Madang Province); Solomon Archipelago

(Guadalcanal Island).

Figulus Macleay, 1819

Figulus albertisi Gestro, 1881

Figulus albertisi Gestro, 1881: 335

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea)

Figulus ater Deyrolle, 1874

Figulus ater Deyrolle, 1874: 412

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Andai); Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Misool Island).

Figulus caecus Bomans, 1988

Figulus caecus Bomans, 1988: 14

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea)

Figulus canaliculatus Nagel, 1941

Figulus canaliculatus Nagel, 1941: 69

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Figulus cheesmani Arrow, 1938

Figulus cheesmani Arrow, 1938: 61

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Kokoda).

Figulus decorus De Lisle, 1968

Figulus decorus De Lisle, 1968: 397

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Mussau Island;

Mioko Island).

Figulus detzneri Kriesche, 1922

Figulus detzneri Kriesche, 1922: 136

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Sattelberg).

Figulus excavatus Bomans, 1986

Figulus excavatus Bomans, 1986b: 11

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Managalase Plateau).

Figulus fissicollis Fairmaire, 1849

Figulus fissicollis Fairmaire, 1849: 414

Figulus modestus Parry, 1862: 113

Figulus monochromus Didier, 1930b: 171

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Iwo Jima

Island, Taiwan, Fiji, Tonga, Samoa, and Kiribati.

Figulus foveicollis (Boisduval, 1835)

Platycerus foveicollis Boisduval, 1835: 235

Figulus insularis Blanchard, 1853: 142

Figulus woodlarkianus Montrouzier, 1855: 26

Figulus iifuanus Montrouzier, 1860: 287

Figulus foveicollis gazellae Kriesche, 1922: 137

Figulus napoides Kriesche, 1922: 132

Distribution: D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago

(Woodlark Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Palau, New

Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga,

Samoa, and French Polynesia (Society Islands).

Figulus gestroi Nagel, 1928

Figulus gestroi Nagel, 1928: 294

Distribution: New Guinea.

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Figulus gradient us Didier, 1930

Figulus gracilentus Didier, 1930b: 171

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island).

Figulus hoplocnemus De Lisle, 1974

Figulus hoplocnemus De Lisle, 1974: 799

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea)

Figulus hornabrooki Bomans, 1986

Figulus hornabrooki Bomans, 1986b: 12

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Figulus humeral is Didier, 1930

Figulus humeralis Didier, 1930b: 165

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Tanimbar

Islands: Larat Island).

Figulus incertus Bomans, 1987

Figulus incertus Bomans, 1987a: 5

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Redscar Bay).

Figulus joliveti Bomans, 1986

Figulus joliveti Bomans, 1986a: 11

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Goroka, Gumi).

Figulus leptochilus De Lisle, 1974

Figulus leptochilus De Lisle, 1974: 802

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island).

Figulus lozoki Kriesche, 1922

Figulus lozoki Kriesche, 1922: 135

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island); New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Sattelberg).

Figulus mecynodontus De Lisle, 1974

Figulus mecynodontus De Lisle, 1974: 803

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (San Cristobal

Island).

Figulus mento Albers, 1883

Figulus mento Albers, 1883: 226

Figulus mento finschi Kriesche 1922:134

Figulus mento foveatus Kriesche 1922: 134

Figulus mento semperi Kriesche 1922: 134

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea);

?Moluccan Archipelago (Aru Islands).

Remarks: the species is also quoted from

Philippines (Luzon; Mindanao), Palau, Australia

(Queensland). According to Cammaerts & Bomans

(1997), the species does not live on Aru and Palau.

Figulus minutus Deyrolle, 1874

Figulus minutus Deyrolle, 1874: 414

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Banda Islands).

Figulus moluccanus De Lisle, 1970

Figulus moluccanus De Lisle, 1970: 116

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Halmahera

Island).

Figulus morosus De Lisle, 1974

Figulus morosus De Lisle, 1974: 801

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Malaita Island).

Figulus myrmecodianus Cammaerts et Bomans,

1997

Figulus myrmecodianus Cammaerts et Bomans, 1997: 7

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Morobe Province).

Figulus nitidulus Gestro, 1881

Figulus nitidulus Gestro, 1881: 335

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Mussau Island);

New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Figulus nubilus Didier, 1930

Figulus nubilus Didier, 1930b: 169

Distribution: New Guinea; Moluccan Archipelago

(Ambon Island; Tanimbar Islands: Larat Island).

Figulus orientalis Bomans, 1989

Figulus orientalis Bomans, 1989: 19

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Damar Island; Halmahera Island; Ternate Island).

Figulus papuan us Gestro, 1881

Figulus papuan us Gestro, 1881: 336

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain);

Moluccan Archipelago (Kei Islands); New Guinea

(Indonesian Papua; Papua New Guinea).

Figulus popei Bomans, 1986

Figulus popei Bomans, 1986b: 8

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (San Cristobal

Island).

Figulus regular is Westwood, 1834

Figulus regu laris Westwood, 1834: 120

Figulus pacificus Dejan, 1837: 194

Figulus australicus J. Thomson, 1862: 432

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea);

Moluccan Archipelago (Aru Islands).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Australia.

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Figulus robustus Bomans, 1986

Figulus robustus Bomans, 1986b: 8

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island).

Figulus rubripes Bomans, 1987

Figulus rubripes Bomans, 1987a: 5

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Figulus scaritiformis Parry, 1862

Figulus scaritiformis Parry, 1862: 113

Distribution: New Guinea.

Remark: the species is also known from peninsular

Malaysia and Borneo.

Figulus schismonotus (De Lisle, 1975)

Cardanus schismonotus De Lisle, 1975: 273

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Kikori).

Figulus similis Bomans, 1987

Figulus similis Bomans, 1987a: 5

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Waigeo Island).

Figulus spinosus Bomans, 1986

Figulus spinosus Bomans, 1986b: 8

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island).

Figulus splendens Bomans, 1986

Figulus splendens Bomans, 1986b: 11

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Kiunga).

Figulus sulcicollis Hope et Westwood, 1845

Figulus sulcicollis Hope et Westwood, 1845: 26

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island);

New Guinea (Indonesian Papua; Papua New

Guinea); Raja Ampat Archipelago (Misool Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Australia.

Figulus weinreichei Bomans, 1986

Figulus weinreichei Bomans, 1986a: 15

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Morobe).

Cardanus Westwood, 1834

Cardanus alfurus Gestro, 1881

Cardanus alfurus Gestro, 1881: 339

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cardanus laevigatus Deyrolle, 1874

Cardanus laevigatus Deyrolle, 1874: 412

Cardanus tamburan Kriesche, 1922: 125

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago; New Guinea

(Papua New Guinea); Bismarck Archipelago (New

Britain Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from the

Philippines.

Cyclommatus Parry, 1863

Cyclommatus ethmarionotus De Lisle, 1980

Cyclommatus ethmarionotus De Lisle, 1980: 294

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island).

Cyclommatus eximius Mollenkamp, 1909

Cyclommatus eximius Mollenkamp, 1909: 3

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus finschi Nagel, 1932

Cyclommatus finschi Nagel, 1932a: 81

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus gestroi Nagel, 1931

Cyclommatus gestroi Nagel, 1931: 138

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus imperator Boileau, 1905

(Plate 6, fig. 2)

Cyclommatus imperator Boileau, 1905: 285

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus kaupi Deyrolle 1865

Cyclommatus kaupi Deyrolle 1865: 30

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus margaritae Gestro, 1877

Cyclommatus margaritae Gestro, 1877: 324

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus metallifer aeneomicans Parry,

1862

Cyclommatus metallifer aeneomicans Parry, 1862: 111

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Halmahera Island; Kasiruta Island).

Remark: the nominotypical species Cyclommatus

metallifer metallifer (Boisduval, 1835) is present in

Sulawesi.

46

9

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Cyclommatus metallifer isogaii Mizunuma et

Nagai, 1991

Cyclommatus metallifer isogaii Mizunuma et Nagai,

1991: 5

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Sula Islands:

Mangole Island; Taliabu Island).

Cyclommatus metallifer otanii Mizunuma et

Nagai, 1991

Cyclommatus metallifer otanii Mizunuma et Nagai,

1991: 7

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Morotai

Island).

Cyclommatus misimaensis De Lisle, 1967

Cyclommatus misimaensis De Lisle, 1967: 522

Distribution: Louisiade Archipelago (Misima Island;

Rossel Island).

Cyclommatus monguilloni Lacroix, 1981

Cyclommatus monguilloni Lacroix, 1981: 55

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua).

Remark: according to Fujita (2010), C. monguilloni

is a good species and not a subspecies of C.

imperator Boileau.

Cyclommatus pulchellus Mdllenkamp, 1901

Cyclommatus pulchellus Mollenkamp, 1901: 44

Cyclommatus mysticus Mollenkamp, 1902a: 21

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Pegunungan Maoke; Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus ribbei De Lisle, 1980

Cyclommatus ribbei De Lisle, 1980: 297

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Mioko Island).

Cyclommatus speciosus speciosus Boileau, 1898

Cyclommatus speciosus Boileau, 1898: 268

Cyclommatus speciosus var. maculifemoratus

Nagel, 1932b: 114

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Admiralty

Islands; Manus Island; New Britain Island; New

Ireland Island); New Guinea (Papua New Guinea);

Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville Island; Buka

Island; Rennel Island).

Cyclommatus speciosus anepsius De Lisle, 1980

(Plate 6, fig. 3)

Cyclommatus anepsius De Lisle, 1980: 293

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Malaita Island;

San Cristobal Island; Ranongga Island).

Cyclommatus spineus Didier, 1930

Cyclommatus spineus Didier, 1930a: 137

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Cyclommatus splendid us Schenk, 2000

Cyclommatus splendidus Schenk, 2000: 10

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua).

Cyclommatus sumptuosus Mollenkamp, 1902

Cyclommatus sumptuosus Mollenkamp, 1902a: 20

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Kaiser-Wilhelmsland; Wau).

Cyclommatus tittonii Lacroix, 1983

Cyclommatus tittonii Lacroix in Lacroix, Ratti et Taroni,

1983: 6

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Tiripini).

Remark: this taxon seems to be very close to C.

spineus Didier.

Cyclommatus trifurcatus Mollenkamp, 1902

Cyclommatus trifurcatus Mollenkamp, 1902a: 21

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island); Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville Island).

Cyclommatus websteri De Lisle, 1980

Cyclommatus websteri De Lisle, 1980: 296

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Lavongai

Island).

Cyclommatus weinreichi Lacroix, 1972

Cyclommatus weinreichi Lacroix, 1972: 61

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Prosopocoilus Hope et Westwood, 1845

Prosopocoilus bison bison (Olivier, 1789)

Lucanus bison Olivier, 1789: 13

Lucanus fulvolimbatus Blanchard, 1853: 138

Metopodontus tumidicollis Mollenkamp, 1906: 31

Metopodontus monodon Kriesche, 1924: 439

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Seram Island;

Saparua Island; Ambon Island; Banda Islands).

Prosopocoilus bison buruensis (Kriesche, 1924)

Metopodontus buruensis Kriesche, 1924: 440

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Buru Island).

Prosopocoilus bison cinctus (Montrouzier, 1855)

(Plate 7, fig. 1)

Lucanus cinctus Montrouzier, 1855: 27

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Kei Islands;

o $

47

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Aru Islands); New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea; Biak Island; Woodlark Island).

Prosopocoilus bison hortensis (Kriesche, 1924)

Metopodontus hortensis Kriesche, 1924: 440

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island); Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville Island;

Malaita Island; Maramasike Island; Ranongga

Island; Shotland Island).

Prosopocoilus bison magnificus (Mollenkamp,

1906)

Metopodontus magnificus Mollenkamp, 1906: 31

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Tanimbar

Islands).

Prosopocoilus corporaali (Nagel, 1933)

(Plate 7, fig. 3)

Prosopocoelus corporaali Nagel, 1933: 217

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Buru Island;

Sula Islands).

Prosopocoilus dorsalis (Erichson, 1834)

Lucanus dorsalis Erichson in Erichson & Burmeister,

1834: 241

Prosopocoilus dorsalis hiromii Mizunuma in

Mizunuma & Nagai, 1994: 22

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Kayoa Island;

Sula Islands: Taliabu Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Sulawesi

(Peleng Island).

Prosopocoilus fabricei (Lacroix, 1988)

Prosopocoelus fabricei Lacroix, 1988: 10

Prosopocoilus fabricei takakuwai Mizunuma in

Mizunuma & Nagai, 1994: 20

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Halmahera

Island; Sula Islands: Mangole Island, Taliabu

Island).

Prosopocoilus hasterti (Boileau, 1912)

(Plate 7, fig. 2)

Prosopocoelus hasterti Boileau, 1912: 111

Prosopocoelus moineri Lacroix, 1971: 383

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island; Kolombangara Island; Guadalcanal Island;

Malaita Island; Vella Lavella Island).

Prosopocoilus neopomeraniensis (De Lisle, 1967)

Prosopocoelus neopomeraniensis De Lisle, 1967: 526

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island).

Prosopocoilus occipitalis occipitalis (Hope et

Westwood, 1845)

Lucanus occipitalis Hope et Westwood, 1845: 13

Prosopocoilus occipitalis anoa Kriesche 1921b:

121

Prosopocoilus occipitalis anoella Kriesche 1921b:

121

Prosopocoilus occipitalis anoides Kriesche 1921b:

121

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

Sula Islands: Taliabu Island).

Remark: this subspecies is also known from the

Philippines and Sulawesi.

Prosopocoilus tragulus tragulus (van Vollenhoven,

1861) (Plate 7, fig. 4)

Dorcus tragulus van Vollenhoven, 1861: 113

Cladognathus productus Parry, 1862: 109

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Halmahera Island; Kasiruta Island; Morotai Island;

Ternate Island).

Prosopocoilus tragulus assimilis (Parry, 1864)

Cladognathus assimilis Parry, 1864: 25

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Ransiki; Biak Island; Numfor Island); Raja Ampat

Archipelago (Waigeo Island).

Prosopocoilus wallacei (Parry, 1862)

Cladognathus wallacei Parry, 1862: 109

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Halmahera Island; Morotai Island; Seram Island;

Ternate Island).

Dorcus Macleay, 1819

Dorcus arfakianus (Lansberge, 1880)

(Plate 8, fig. 1)

Serrognathus arfakianus Lansberge, 1880: 118

Eurytrachelus coranus Gestro, 1881: 321

Eurytrachelus pectinicornis Mollenkamp, 1909: 3

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea); Solomon Archipelago.

Dorcus bandaensis Okuda, 2000

Dorcus bandaensis Okuda, 2000: 5

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Banda Islands;

Lontal Island).

Dorcus bolanus Nagel, 1928

Dorcus bolanus Nagel, 1928: 281

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Bolan Mountains).

48

9

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Dorcus capricornis (Mollenkamp, 1909)

Eurytracheius capricornis Mollenkamp, 1909: 9

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Shortland

Islands).

Dorcus detanii (Mizunuma, 1994)

Dorcus detanii Mizunuma in Mizunuma & Nagai, 1994:

30

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Sula Islands:

Taliabu Island).

Dorcus egregius (Mollenkamp, 1898)

Eurytracheius egregius Mollenkamp, 1896: 146

Eurytracheius egregius var. honesta Mollenkamp,

1901: 47

Serrognathus planitorax Bomans, 1987b: 151

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea);

Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville Island).

Remark: Fujita (2010) considers D. planithorax

Bomans as a synonym of D. egregius (Mollenkamp).

Dorcus furusui Baba, 2008

Dorcus furusui Baba, 2008: 38

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Obi Island).

Dorcus ghilianii (Gestro, 1881)

Eurytracheius ghilianii Gestro, 1881: 315

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Buru Island;

Damar Island; Kei Islands).

Dorcus hamidi Ikeda, 2005

Dorcus hamidi Ikeda, 2005: 41

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Enarotali).

Dorcus intermedius intermedius (Gestro, 1881)

Eurytracheius intermedius Gestro, 1881: 317

Eurytracheius separandus Mollenkamp, 1911a:

248

Eurytracheius pilosipes Froggatt, 1911: 10 (nec

Waterhouse)

Eurytracheius intermedius lupinus Kriesche, 1922:

124

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua: Arfak

Mountains; Ransiki, Biak Island; Numfor Island);

Bismarck Archipelago (Admiralty Islands: Manus

Island; Duke of York Island; Gardner Island; Karus

Island; Matupi Island; Mioko Island; New Britain

Island; New Ireland Island).

Remark: Fujita (2010) considers separandus

Mollenkamp, 1911a as a valid subspecies

inhabiting Manus Island, but here we prefer to still

list is among the synonyms, awaiting a revision of

this highly variable taxon.

0~ , If!

JvL 1

Dorcus intermedius pilosipes (Waterhouse, 1883)

Eurytracheius pilosipes Waterhouse, 1883: 447

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island; Guadalcanal Island; Kolombangara Island;

Malaita Island; Ranongga Island; Rendova Island;

Russel Island; San Isabel Island; Santa Ana Island).

Dorcus kirchneri Schenk, 2008

Dorcus kirchneri Schenk, 2008: 4

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Manipa Island).

Dorcus meeki Boileau, 1906

(Plate 8, fig. 2)

Dorcus meeki Boileau, 1906: 92

Dorcus meeki didieri De Lisle, 1967: 531

Dorcus meeki stevensae De Lisle, 1967: 529

Dorcus meeki delislei Nagai et Tsukawaki, 1999:

16 syn. nov.

Dorcus meeki jasmini Nagai et Tsukawaki, 1999:

16 syn. nov.

Distribution: D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago; New

Guinea (Indonesian Papua; Papua New Guinea).

Remark: Fujita (2010) considers delislei and

jasmini as valid subspecies, but the morphological

differences from the nominotypical species seems

to us so insignificant that, considering the high rate

of intraspecific variability in Lucanidae, we place

these two taxa among the synonyms.

Dorcus nitidus Kirsch, 1877

Dorcus nitidus Kirsch, 1877: 138

Distribution: D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago; New

Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Moluccan Archipelago

(Buru Island).

Remark: the species has been reported from

Taiwan, but this quotation seems doubtful.

Dorcus parvulus (Hope et Westwood, 1845)

Lucanus parvulus Hope et Westwood, 1845: 25

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

Sula Islands: Taliabu Island).

Remark: the species is also known from Taiwan,

Sulawesi, and the Philippines.

Dorcus saiga (Olivier, 1789)

Lucanus saiga Olivier, 1789: 23

Lucanus elaphus Herbst, 1790: 300

Lucanus concolor Blanchard, 1853: 139

Dorcus ceramensis J. Thomson, 1862: 424

Eurytracheius intermedius var. buruensis Nagel,

1928: 280

Eurytrachellelus manzeris Didier et Seguy, 1952:

229

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

49

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Ambelau Island; Buru Island; Haruku Island; Seram

Island; Tanimbar Islands; Ternate Island).

Dorcus ternatensis J. Thomson, 1862

Dorcus ( Eurytrachelus ) ternatensis J.Thomson, 1862:

423

Eurytrachelus thomsoni Parry, 1864: 47

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Halmahera Island; Maluku Island; Mandioli Island;

Morotai Island; Ternate Island).

Pachistaegus De Lisle, 1967

Pachistaegus besucheti De Lisle, 1967

Pachistaegus besucheti De Lisle, 1967: 541

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Pachistaegus coiffaiti De Lisle, 1975

Pachistaegus coiffaiti De Lisle, 1975: 271

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Prince Alexander Mountains).

Aegus Macleay, 1819

Aegus albertisi Bomans, 1992

Aegus albertisi Bomans, 1992: 181

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea: Fly

river).

Aegus acuminatus buruensis Bomans, 1993

Aegus acuminatus buruensis Bomans, 1993: 194

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Buru Island).

Aegus acuminatus ceramensis Didier, 1925

Aegus acuminatus ceramensis Didier, 1925: 164

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

Seram Island).

Aegus augustanus Kriesche, 1921

Aegus augustanus Kriesche, 1921a: 102

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Etappengerg, Morobe).

Remark: this species is often quoted as

“angustanus” (e.g. Fujita 2010: 337) but the

original spelling given in Kriesche’s paper (dated

1920, but published in 1921) is “augustanus”.

Aegus bar bat us Nagel, 1928

Aegus barbatus Nagel, 1928: 258

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island).

Aegus bidentatus Nagel, 1939

Aegus bidentatus Nagel, 1939: 325

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Mussau Island;

New Britain Island).

Aegus bland us Parry, 1864

Aegus bland us Parry, 1864: 57

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Salawati Island).

Aegus bougainvillensis (Nagel, 1941)

Malietoa bougainvillensis Nagel, 1941: 74

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island).

Remark: Krajcik (2001; 2003), Mizunuma &

Nagai (1994) and Fujita (2010) consider Aegus

bougainvillensis (Nagel) as a valid species, but it is

possible that it is a synonym of A. barbatus Nagel.

Aegus buergersi Kriesche, 1921

Aegus burgersi Kriesche, 1921a: 102

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus comes De Lisle, 1967

Aegus comes De Lisle, 1967: 538

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Cyclops Mountains; Papua New Guinea).

Aegus crucifer Nagel, 1933

Aegus crucifer Nagel, 1933: 221

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea: Fly

river).

Aegus cyclocerus De Lisle, 1974

Aegus cyclocerus De Lisle, 1974: 787

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua: Arfak

Mountains).

Aegus dilatatus (Fairmaire, 1849)

Alcimus dilatatus Fairmaire, 1849: 416

Aegus politus Montrouzier, 1855: 28

Distribution: New Guinea; D’Entrecasteaux

Archipelago (Woodlark Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Wallis

Island, and doubtfully from Samoa.

Aegus dissimilis Bomans, 1988

Aegus dissimilis Bomans, 1988: 11

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Kassem Pass).

Aegus elegantulus van Roon, 1907

Aegus elegantulus van Roon, 1907: 140

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island); New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Aegus ellipticus Boileau, 1902

Aegus ellipticus Boileau, 1902b: 304

Distribution: ?New Guinea; Bismarck Archipelago

(Lavongai Island).

Aegus fallax De Lisle, 1967

Aegus fallax De Lisle, 1967: 533

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Huon Peninsula).

Aegus foraminatus Bom a ns, 1993

Aegus foraminatus Bomans, 1993: 197

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Duke of York

Island; New Ireland Island).

Aegus fragilis Didier, 1928

Aegus fragilis Didier, 1928a: 59

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua: Yapen

Island).

Aegus fulgens Bomans, 1993

Aegus fulgens Bomans, 1993: 195

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Waigeo Island).

Aegus genacerus Bomans, 1985

Aegus genacerus Bomans, 1985: 355

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus glaber Parry, 1864

Aegus glaber Parry, 1864: 59

Aegus rufulus Didier, 1928b: 146

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Obi Island);

New Guinea (Indonesian Papua; Papua New

Guinea).

Aegus gracilis Deyrolle, 1865

Aegus gracilis Deyrolle, 1865: 35

Aegus falcifer Didier, 1926: 138

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

Saparua Island; Seram Island).

Aegus gressitti De Lisle, 1974

Aegus gressitti De Lisle, 1974: 789

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island; Kolombangara Island).

Aegus insipidus batanduaensis Nagai, 1994

Aegus insipidus batanduaensis Nagai in Mizunuma &

Nagai, 1994: 33

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Batandua

Island).

Aegus jejunus De Lisle, 1977

Aegus jejunus De Lisle, 1977: 496

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus kombaensis Nagel, 1941

Aegus kombaensis Nagel, 1941: 61

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus lacroixi Bomans, 1993

Aegus lacroixi Bomans, 1993: 193

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus latidens Schaufuss, 1865

Aegus latidens Schaufuss, 1865: 19

Distribution: New Guinea.

Aegus lurid us Didier, 1928

Aegus iuridus Didier, 1928a: 60

Distribution: New Guinea.

Aegus maeandrinus Kriesche, 1921

Aegus maeandrinus Kriesche, 1921a: 103

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Maanderberg).

Aegus malapaensis De Lisle, 1967

Aegus malapaensis De Lisle, 1967: 531

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island; Malapa Island; Santa Isabel Island).

Aegus marginivillosus De Lisle, 1967

Aegus marginivillosus De Lisle, 1967: 540

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Kotabaru).

Aegus minutus Gestro 1881

Aegus minutus Gestro 1881: 329

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua).

Aegus misooelensis De Lisle, 1967

Aegus misodlensis De Lisle, 1967: 535

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Misool Island).

Aegus montanus montanus Mollenkamp, 1911

Aegus montanus Mollenkamp, 1911b: 277

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea).

Aegus montanus meeki Didier, 1928

Aegus meeki Didier, 1928b: 148

Distribution: D’Entrecasteaux Archipelago

(Goodenough Island); Solomon Archipelago

(Ranongga Island).

o $

51

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Aegus nishikawai Nagai, 1994

Aegus nishikawai Nagai in Mizunuma & Nagai, 1994: 34

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Tanimbar

Islands: Yamdena Island).

Aegus peterseni De Lisle, 1968

Aegus peterseni De Lisle, 1968: 395

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Ireland

Island).

Aegus planeti Jakowlew, 1900

Aegus planeti Jakowlew, 1900: 637

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Mount Bosavi).

Aegus platyodon platyodon Parry, 1862

(Plate 8, fig. 3)

Aegus platyodon Parry, 1862: 112

Aegus insularis Fairmaire, 1883: 5

Aegus f rater Arrow, 1935: 114

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan Island;

Halmahera Island; Kasiruta Island; Mandioli Island;

Morotai Island; Ternate Island).

Aegus platyodon bellus Mollenkamp, 1902

Aegus bellus Mollenkamp, 1902b: 353

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Ireland);

New Guinea (Indonesian Papua, Papua New

Guinea).

Aegus platyodon leopoldi Didier, 1932

Aegus leopoldi Didier, 1932: 48

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua); Raja

Ampat Archipelago (Misool Island).

Aegus platyodon loeblei Nagai, 1994

Aegus platyodon loeblei Nagai in Mizunuma & Nagai,

1994: 37

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Kei Islands:

Kei Kecil Island).

Aegus platyodon otanii Nagai, 1994

Aegus platyodon otanii Nagai in Mizunuma & Nagai,

1994: 37

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Obi Island;

Obilatu Island).

Aegus platyodon tohyamai Nagai, 1994

Aegus platyodon tohyamai Nagai in Mizunuma & Nagai,

1994: 37

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Seram Island).

Aegus porrectodon Bomans, 1993

Aegus porrectodon Bomans, 1993: 201

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus pusillus Gestro, 1881

Aegus pusillus Gestro, 1881: 328

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Obi Island);

New Guinea (Indonesian Papua).

Aegus rennellensis De Lisle, 1968

Aegus rennellensis De Lisle, 1968: 400

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Rennel Island).

Aegus retrodentatus De Lisle, 1967

Aegus retrodentatus De Lisle, 1967: 532

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus riedeli Bartolozzi, 1996

(Plate 8, fig. 4)

Aegus riedeli Bartolozzi, 1996: 128

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Manokwari).

Aegus rosselianus Boileau 1902

Aegus rosselianus Boileau 1902a: 287

Distribution: Louisiade Archipelago (Misima Island;

Rossel Island).

Aegus sedlacekorum De Lisle, 1974

Aegus sedlacekorum De Lisle, 1974: 792

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Kolombangara

Island; New Georgia Island; Vella Lavella Island).

Aegus sepicanum (Kriesche, 1921)

Elsion sepicanum Kriesche, 1921a: 103

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Aegus serratus Parry, 1864

Aegus serratus Parry, 1864: 58

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island;

Halmahera Island; Mandioli Island; Morotai Island;

Obi Island).

Aegus tagulaensis Bomans, 1993

Aegus tagulaensis Bomans, 1993: 199

Distribution: Louisiade Archipelago (Tagula Island).

Aegus woodfordi Waterhouse, 1890

Aegus woodfordi Waterhouse, 1890: 38

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Alu Island;

Bougainville Island; Florida Islands; Guadalcanal

Island; Malaita Island; Ranongga Island;

Kolombangara Island).

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Paraegus Gahan, 1888

Paraegus nar Kriesche, 1921

Paraegus nar Kriesche, 1921c: 124

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Pauwi).

Paraegus szentivanyi De Lisle, 1967

Aegus szent-ivanyi De Lisle, 1967: 537

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Irianoaegus Fujita, 2010

Irianoaegus shiokurai Fujita, 2010

Irianoaegus shiokurai Fujita, 2010: 23

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Kaimana).

Tumidaegus Bormans, 1988

Tumidaegus variolosus Bomans, 1988

Tumidaegus variolosus Bomans, 1988: 9

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Microlucanus Bomans et Bartolozzi, 1996

Microlucanus greensladeae Bomans et Bartolozzi,

1996

Microlucanus greensladeae Bomans et Bartolozzi,

1996: 214

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Guadalcanal

Island).

Cherasphorus Bomans, 1988

Cherasphorus in flatus Bomans, 1988

Cherasphorus inflatus Bomans, 1988: 13

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea).

Cherasphorus sculptipennis (Parry, 1864)

Gnaphaloryx sculptipennis Parry, 1864: 52

Gnaphaloryx aper Gestro, 1881: 324

Distribution: New Guinea.

Remark: Fujita (2010) moved this species from

the genus Gnaphaloryx Burmeister, 1847 to

Cherasphorus Bomans, 1988.

Cherasphorus Suzuki i Fujita, 2010

Cherasphorus suzukii Fujita, 2010: 23

Distribution: New Guinea (Papua New Guinea:

Normalby Island).

UvJ

jvl/L

Gnaphaloryx Burmeister, 1847

Gnaphaloryx curtus Kirsch, 1877

Gnaphaloryx curtus Kirsch, 1877: 138

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (Duke of York

Island; New Britain Island); Moluccan Archipelago

(Aru Islands); New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Dorei).

Gnaphaloryx dain Kriesche, 1921

Gnaphaloryx dain Kriesche, 1921a: 101

Distribution: Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain

Island).

Gnaphaloryx furfuraceus (De Lisle, 1970)

Aegus furfuraceus De Lisle, 1970: 113

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua:

Wandammen peninsula)

Gnaphaloryx miles miles van Vollenhoven, 1865

Gnaphaloryx miles van Vollenhoven, 1865: 155

Gnaphaloryx miles laticornis Boileau, 1903: 110

Distribution: New Guinea; Moluccan Archipelago

(Bacan Island; Batandua Island; Gebe Island;

Halmahera Island; Mandioli Island; Ternate Island).

Gnaphaloryx opacus Burmeister, 1847 (Plate 6,

fig. 4)

Gnaphaloryx opacus Burmeister, 1847: 397

Lucanus (Macrognathus) taurus Parry, 1864: 90

Gnaphaloryx rugosus Albers, 1885: 236

Gnaphaloryx andamanus Kriesche, 1921a: 101

Gnaphaloryx tonkinensis Kriesche, 1921a: 101

Gnaphaloryx burmeister i Nagel, 1926: 119

Distribution: New Guinea (Indonesian Papua;

Papua New Guinea); Bismarck Archipelago (New

Britain Island); Moluccan Archipelago (Bacan

Island; Kasiruta Islands; Mandioli Island; Morotai

Island; Seram Island; Tanimbar Islands; Ternate

Island; Tidore Island); Raja Ampat Archipelago

(Waigeo Island).

Remark: the species is also quoted from Andaman

and Nicobar Islands, Myanmar, Thailand, Vietnam,

Taiwan, Philippines, Malaysia, Sumatra, Borneo,

Java, and Sulawesi.

Gnaphaloryx pollinosus De Lisle, 1973

Gnaphaloryx pollinosus De Lisle, 1973: 141

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island).

Gnaphaloryx pulverosus (Benesh, 1952)

Aegus pulverosus Benesh, 1952: 136

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

o

53

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Island).

Gnaphaloryx stigmatifer De Lisle, 1974

Gnaphaloryx stigmatifer De Lisle, 1974: 786

Distribution: Solomon Archipelago (Bougainville

Island).

Odontolabis Hope, 1842

Odontolabis dalmanni sulaensis Mizunuma, 1994

Odontolabis dalmanni sulaensis Mizunuma in Mizunuma

& Nagai, 1994: 14

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Halmahera

Island; Sula Islands: Mangole Island, Taliabu

Island).

Odontolabis latipennis planiceps Didier, 1930

Odontolabis latipennis planiceps Didier, 1930b: 147

Distribution: Moluccan Archipelago (Ambon Island).

Remark: the species was described on a single

female specimen from Ambon. We think that the

occurrence of this taxon in the Moluccas should be

verified.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Alain and Marcel

Galant (Nivelles, Belgium) for the photos of the

specimens, and to Jean-Michel Maes (Museo

Entomologico, Leon, Nicaragua) and Dmitry Telnov

(the Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) for the

useful information. We also thank Juliet Strachan

(Florence, Italy) for the revision of the English text.

References

Albers G. 1883. Beitrage zur Kenntniss exotischer

Lucaniden. - Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift

27, No. 2: 221-230.

Albers G. 1885. Gber Gnaphaloryx aper Gestro und

curtus Kirsch. - Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift 29, No. 1: 232-236.

Arrow G.J. 1906. Lucanidae and Scarabaeidae. In: Brill

EJ. (ed.) Nova Guinea. Resultats de I’ expedition

scientifique Neerlandaise a la Nouvelle-Guinee en

1903 sous les auspices de Arthur Wichmann chef

de i’expedition. Zoologie, Volume 5, Leiden: 27-28.

Arrow G.J. 1915. Report on the Coleoptera collected by

the British Ornitologists’ Union Expedition and the

Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Part I.

Lucanidae. - Transactions of the Zoological Society

of London 20, No. 16: 502-503.

Arrow G.J. 1935. A contribution to the classification of

the Coleopterous family Lucanidae. - Transactions

of the Royal entomological Society of London 83,

No. 1: 105-125, 1 plate.

Arrow G.J. 1938. Some notes on stag-beetles (Lucanidae)

and descriptions of a few new species. - Annals

and Magazine of Natural History 11, No. 2: 49-63,

1 plate.

Arrow G.J. 1943. On the genera and nomenclature of the

Lucanoid Coleoptera, and descriptions of a few new

species. - Proceedings of the Royal entomological

Society of London (B) 12: 133-143.

Arrow G.J. 1950. The fauna of India, including Pakistan ,

Ceylon , Burma and Malaya. 4. (Coleoptera

Lamellicornia - Lucanidae & Passalidae). Taylor &

Francis eds., London: XI + 274 pp., 23 pis.

Baba M. 2008. A new species of the genus Dorcus

Macleay, 1819 from Obi Is., Indonesia. - Gekkan-

Mushi 450: 38-40.

Balfour-Browne J. 1959. Lucanidae. In: Wolff T. (ed.) The

Natural History of Rennet Islands. Supplement. The

Natural History of Rennell Island , British Solomon

Islands. Volume 2 ( Invertebrates , pars). Danish

Science press, Copenhagen: 1930.

Balfour-Browne J. 1962. Lucanidae. In: Wolff T. (ed.). The

Natural History of Rennet Islands. Supplement. The

Natural History of Rennell Island , British Solomon

Islands. Volume 4 ( Invertebrates , pars) (and

addition to Vertebrates). Danish Science press,

Copenhagen: 88.

Bartolozzi L. 1996. On some Stag Beetles from

Indonesian Papua (Indonesia), with description

of Aegus riedeli n. sp. and new synonymy of A.

f rater Arrow, 1935 with A. platyodon Parry, 1862

(Coleoptera, Lucanidae). - Coleopteres 2, No. 12:

127-133.

Benesh B. 1952. Description of a new species of Aegus

from the Solomon Islands, with remarks on other

stagbeetles (Coleoptera: Lucanidae). - The Pan-

Pacific Entomology 28, No. 3: 136-138.

Benesh B. 1960. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars 8.

Lucanidea [sic!] (Ed. sec.). Junk W. (ed.), The

Hague: 178 pp.

Blanchard E. 1853. Famille des Lucanides (Lucanidae).

In: Hombron J.B., Jacquinot C.H. (eds.). Voyage

au Pole Sud et dans TOceanie sur les corvettes

I’ Astrolabe et la Zelee; execute par ordre du Roi

pendant les annees 1837-1838-1839-1840 , sous

le commandement de M. J. Dumont-D’Urville,

Capitaine de vaisseau , publie par ordre du

Gouvernement, sous la direction superieure de M.

Jacquinot , Capitaine de vaisseau , Commandant de

la Zelee. Zoologie. Tome quatrieme. Gide et Baudry

J. ed., Paris: 138-142.

54

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Boileau H. 1898. Description de Lucanides nouveaux

(Col.). - Bulletin de la Societe entomologique de

France 47: 264-268.

Boileau H. 1902a. Descriptions sommaires de

Dorcides nouveaux (Col.). - Bulletin de la Societe

entomologique de France 1902: 287-289.

Boileau H. 1902b. Descriptions sommaires de

Dorcides nouveaux (Col.). - Bulletin de la Societe

entomologique de France 1902: 302-305.

Boileau H. 1903. Description sommaires de Dorcides

nouveaux. - Bulletin de la Societe entomologique

de France 1903: 109-111.

Boileau H. 1905. Description d’un Lucanide nouveau. -

Le Naturaliste 27: 285-286.

Boileau H., 1906. Description d’un Lucanide nouveau. -

Le Naturaliste 28: 92.

Boileau H. 1912. Description d’un Lucanide nouveau

(Col.). - Bulletin de la Societe entomologique de

France 1912: 111-114.

Boisduval J.A. 1835. Voyage dedecouvertes del’ Astrolabe

execute par ordre du Roi, pendant les annees

1826-1827-1828-1829 , sous les commandement

de M. J. Dumont d’Urville. Faune entomologique de

I’Ocean Pacifique, avec I’illustration des insectes

nouveaux recueillis pendant le voyage. 2®me Partie.

Coleopteres at autres Ordres. Volume 7. J. Tastu

ed., Paris: 716 pp.

Bomans H.E. 1985. Note sur une recolte de Lucanidae de

Nouvelle-Guinee. - Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie

(Nouvelle Serie) 1, No. 4 [1984]: 353-357.

Bomans H.E. 1986a. Notes synonymiques et diverses, et

descriptions d’especes nouvelles du genre Figulus

MacLeay (le partie). - Bulletin Sciences Nat 51:

7-15.

Bomans H.E. 1986b. Notes synonymiques et diverses, et

descriptions d’especes nouvelles du genre Figulus

MacLeay (2e partie). - Bulletin Sciences Nat 52:

7-12.

Bomans H.E. 1987a. Notes synonymiques et diverses, et

descriptions d’especes nouvelles du genre Figulus

MacLeay (3e partie). - Bulletin Sciences Nat 53:

5-14.

Bomans H.E. 1987b. A propos de deux especes de

Serrognathus de Nouvelle-Guinee. - Nouvelle

Revue d’Entomologie ( Nouvelle Serie) 4, No. 2:

151-155.

Bomans H.E. 1988. Inventaire d’une collection de

Lucanidae recoltes en Nouvelle-Guinee et

descriptions d’especes nouvelles (Coleoptera). -

Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie ( Nouvelle Serie ) 5,

No. 1: 5-16.

Bomans H.E. 1989. Nouvelles notes sur le Genre Figulus

Macleay et descriptions d’especes nouvelles. -

Bulletin Sciences Nat 63: 13-19.

o $L

Bomans H.E. 1992. Considerations sur le genre Aegus

Macleay et descriptions d’especes nouvelles. 3®me

note. - Lambillionea 92, No. 2: 179-196.

Bomans H.E. 1993. Considerations sur le genre Aegus

Macleay et descriptions d’especes nouvelles.

(Coleoptera, Lucanidae). 4dme note. - Lambillionea

93, No. 2: 193-210.

Bomans H.E., Bartolozzi L. 1996. Description of

Microlucanus greensladeae n. gen. n. sp.

(Coleoptera Lucanidae) from the Solomon

Islands and check-list of the stag beetle fauna of

Bougainville and the Solomon Islands. - Tropical

Zoology 9: 213-222.

Burmeister H.C.C. 1847. Lucanidae. In: Flandbuch der

Entomologie. 5 (Coleoptera Lamellicomia , Xylophila

et Pectinicornia). Enslin ed., Berlin: 304-530.

Cammaerts R., Bomans H.E. 1997. Quelques Lucanidae

de Nouvelle-Guinee, dont Penichrolucanus leveri

Arrow, une nouvelle espece de Figulus MacLeay

et la larve de Figulus sulcicollis Hope & Westwood

(Coleoptera). - Bulletin et Annales de la Societe

royale beige d’Entomologie 133, No. 1: 3-20.

Darge R., Seguy E. 1953. Une variete nouvelle du

Neolamprima adolphinae Gestro (Coleopt.

Lucanidae). - Revue frangaise d’Entomologie 20:

252-253.

De Lisle M.O. 1967. Note sur quelques Coleoptera

Lucanidae nouveaux ou peu connus. - Revue

suisse de Zoologie 74, No. 2: 521-544.

De Lisle M.O. 1968. Lucanidae (Col.) recoltes par

I’expedition du Noona Dan aux Philippines et

aux Ties Bismarck et Salomon. - Entomologiske

Meddelelser 36: 385-405.

De Lisle M.O. 1970. Deuxieme note sur quelques

Coleoptera Lucanidae nouveaux ou peu connus. -

Revue suisse de Zoologie 77, No. 1: 91-117.

De Lisle M.O. 1972. A checklist of the stag beetles

(Coleoptera: Lucanidae) of New Guinea and

adjacent islands. - Papua and New Guinea Science

Society 24: 8-9.

De Lisle M.O. 1973. Description de trois Coleopteres

Lucanides nouveaux. - Nouvelle Revue

d’Entomologie 3, No. 2: 137-142.

De Lisle M.O. 1974. Troisieme note sur quelques

Coleoptera Lucanidae nouveaux ou peu connus.

Revue suisse de Zoologie 80, No. 4 [1973]: 785-

804.

De Lisle M.O. 1975. Note sur la position systematique

de quelques Coleoptera Lucanidae, avec la

description de cinq especes nouvelles. - Nouvelle

Revue d’Entomologie 5, No. 3: 261-274.

De Lisle M.O. 1977. Quatrieme note sur quelques

Coleoptera Lucanidae nouveaux ou peu connus. -

Revue suisse de Zoologie 84, No. 2: 491-500.

55

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

De Lisle M.O. 1980. Note sur les Cyclommatus (Col.

Lucanidae) Neo-Guineens du groupe margaritae

Gestro. - Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie 10: 285-

299.

Dejean P. 1837. Catalogue des Coleopteres de la

collection de M. le Comte Dejean. 3dme Edition.

Mequignon-Marvis ed., Paris: XIV + 503 pp.

Deyrolle H. 1865. Description de Lucanides nouveaux. -

Annales de la Societe royale beige d’Entomologie

9: 21-36, 2 plates.

Deyrolle H. 1874. Descriptions of new species

of Lucanidae. - Transactions of the Royal

entomological Society of London 1874: 411-415,

1 pi.

Didier R. 1925. Description sommaire de deux Aegus

nouveaux (Col. Lucanidae). - Bulletin de la Societe

entomologique de France 1925: 163-166.

Didier R. 1926. Description d’un Aegus nouveau (Col.

Lucanidae). - Bulletin de la Societe entomologique

de France 1926: 138-141.

Didier R., 1928a. Etudes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides

du Globe. M. Mendel ed., Paris: 64 pp.

Didier R. 1928b. Descriptions sommaires d’Aegus

nouveaux (Col.). - Bulletin de la Societe

entomologique de France 1928: 146-148.

Didier R. 1929. Etudes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides du

Globe. M. Mendel ed., Paris 5: 109-124.

Didier R. 1930a. Etudes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides

du Globe. M. Mendel ed., Paris 6: 125-140.

Didier R. 1930b. Etudes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides

du Globe. P.Andre ed., Paris 7: 141-172.

Didier R. 1932. Resultats scientifiques du voyage aux

Indes Orientales neerlandaises de LL. AA. RR.

Le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique.

Lucanidae. - Memoires du Musee Royal d’Histoire

Naturelle de Belgique 4, No. 4: 41-48.

Didier R., Seguy E. 1952. Notes sur quelques especes

de Lucanides et descriptions de formes nouvelles.

- Revue franqaise d’Entomologie 19: 220-233.

Didier R., Seguy E. 1953. Catalogue illustredes Lucanides

du Globe. Texte. Encyclopedie entomologique (A)

27: 223 pp.

Donovan E. 1805. An Epitome of the Natural History

of the Insects of New Holland , New Zealand , New

Guinea , Otaheite, and other Islands in the Indian ,

Southern , and Pacific Oceans: including the figures

and descriptions of one hundred and fifty-three

species. E.Donovan, F.C. and J.Rivington eds.,

London: 41 pp.

Erichson W.F., Burmeister H. 1834. Sechste Abhandlung.

Insekten. ( Lucanus dorsalis Erichs.). In: Meyen F.J.F.

(ed.) Beitrage zur Zoologie , gesammelt auf einer

Reise urn die Erde. Nova Acta Academia Caesareo-

Leopoldina Naturae Curiosorum 16 (Suppl.): 241-

242, plate 37.

Fairmaire L. 1849. Essai sur les Coleopteres de la

Polynesie. - Revue et Magasin de Zoologie 2, No.

1: 410-422, 2 pis.

Fairmaire L. 1883. Essai sur les Coleopteres de I’Archipel

de la Nouvelle-Bretagne. - Annales de la Societe

entomologique de Belgique 27, No. 2: 1-58.

Froggatt W.W. 1911. Pests and diseases of the coconut

palm. - Department of Agriculture of New South

Wales , Science Bulletin 2: 1-20.

Fujita H. 2010. The Lucanid Beetles of the World. Mushi-

Sha’s Iconographic Series of Insects 6, Tokyo: 472

pp., 248 pis. [in 2 volumes].

Gestro R. 1875. Descrizione di un nuovo genere e di

alcune nuove specie di Coleotteri papuani. - Annali

del Museo civico di Storia naturale “ Giacomo

Doria” 7: 993-1027

Gestro R. 1877. Descrizione di una nuova specie di

Lucanide del genere Cyclommatus, raccolto

nella Nuova Guinea meridionale dal Signor L.

M. D ’Albertis. - Annali del Museo civico di Storia

naturale “Giacomo Doria ” 9 [1876-77]: 324-326.

Gestro R. 1881. Enumerazione dei Lucanidi raccolti

nell’Arcipelago Malese e nella Papuasia dai signori

G. Doria, 0. Beccari e L. M. D’Albertis. - Annali del

Museo civico di Storia naturale “Giacomo Doria” 16

[1880-81]: 303-340, 1 pi.

Gressitt J.L., Hornabrook R.W. 1977. Lucanidae. In:

Handbook of common New Guinea Beetles. Volume

2. Wau Ecology Institute Handbook: 27-29, 1 pi.

Hawkeswood T.J., Bomans H.E. 1992. Notes on a small

collection of Lucanidae from northern Papua New

Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera). - Spixiana 15, No. 2:

137-142.

Herbst J.F.W. 1790. Echste Gattung der kaferartigen

Insekten. Schroter. Lucanus. In: Natursystem alter

bekannten in- und auslandischen Insekten , als eine

Fortsetzung der von Buffonschen Naturgeschichte;

nach dem System des Rittens Carl von Linne

bearbaitet. Der Kafer erster bis neunter Theil.

Volume 3. J. Pauli ed., Berlin: 282-317, 2 pis.

Hope F.W. 1840. Descriptions of some nondescript

Insects from Assam, collected by William Griffith. -

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1:

77-79.

Hope F.W., Westwood J.0. 1845. A catalogue of the

Lucanoid Coleoptera in the collection of the Rev.

F. W. Hope , M.A., F.R.S. & c., President of the

Entomological Society of London , with descriptions

of the new species therein contained. Bridgewater

ed., London: 31 pp.

Ikeda H. 2005. A new species of the genus Dorcus

Macleay (Coleoptera, Lucanidae) from Indonesia. -

Kogane 6: 41-43.

56

Bartolozzi L., Cianferoni F. & Monte C.: Checklist of the Lucanidae from the Indo-Australian transition zone

(plates 6-8)

Jakowlew B.E. 1900. Description de quelques nouvelles

especes de la famille des Lucan ides. - Horae

Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae 34: 631-642.

Kirsch T. 1877. Beitrag zur kenntniss der Coleopteren-

Fauna von Neu Guinea. - Mitteilungen aus dem

Koniglichen Zoologischen Museum zu Dresden 2:

135-161.

Krajcik M. 2001. Lucanidae of the World. Catalogue -

part I. Checklist of the Stag Beetles of the World

(Coleoptera: Lucanidae). Printed by the Author,

Most, Czech Republic: 108 pp.

Krajcik M. 2003. Lucanidae of the world. Catalogue -

part II. Encyclopaedia of the Lucanidae (Coleoptera:

Lucanidae). Printed by the author, Plzen, Czech

Republic: 197 pp., 10 pis.

Kriesche R. 1921a. Zur Kenntnis der Lucaniden. - Archiv

fur Naturgeschichte 86 [1920]: 92-107.

Kriesche R. 1921b. Gber die Rassen von Prosopocoilus

occipitalis Flope (Coleopt. Lucan.). - Archiv fur

Naturgeschichte (A) 86 [1920]: 120-122.

Kriesche R. 1921c. Ein neue Lucanide aus Neu-Guinea.

- Archiv fur Naturgeschichte 86 [1920]: 124-125.

Kriesche R. 1922. Zur Kenntnis der Lucaniden. -

Stettiner entomologische Zeitung 83: 115-137.

Kriesche R. 1924. Gber Metopodontus bison 01. (Col.

Luc.). Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift 68:

439-440.

Kriesche R. 1940. Vier neue Lucaniden. -

Entomologische Blatter 36, No. 2: 39-40.

Lacroix J.P. 1971. Descriptions d’un Prosopocoelus

nouveau de la faune australe (Col. Lucanidae).

- Bulletin et Annales de la Societe royale beige

d’Entomologie 107: 383-387.

Lacroix J.P. 1972. Descriptions de Coleopteres Lucanidae

nouvea ux ou peu conn us. - Bulletin et Annales de

la Societe royale beige d’Entomologie 108: 33-71.

Lacroix J.P. 1981. Description d’un Cyclommatus

nouveau (Coleoptera Lucanidae) de la faune neo-

guineenne. - Bulletin de Sciences Nat 29/30: 55-

56.

Lacroix J.P. 1988. Descriptions de Coleoptera Lucanidae

nouveaux ou peu connus (5eme note). - Bulletin de

Sciences Nat 57: 7-16, 4 pis.

Lacroix J.P., Ratti P., Taroni G. 1983. Description de

Coleoptera Lucanidae nouveaux. (2eme note). -

Bulletin de Sciences Nat 38: 1-8, 6 pis.

Lansberge G. 1880. Description de quelques

Coleopteres de la Malaisie et de la Papouasie. -

Comptes-Rendus de la Societe Entomologique de

Belgique 23: 118-139.

Maes J.-M. 1992. Lista de los Lucanidae (Coleoptera) del

mundo. - Revista Nicaraguense de Entomologia

22A: 1-60.

Maes J.-M. 1992. Lista de los Lucanidae (Coleoptera) del

o %

mundo. - Revista Nicaraguense de Entomologia

22B: 61-121.

Maes J.-M. 2011. Lucanidae of the World: http://www.

bio-nica.info/lucanidae/index.html [last accessed:

15.05.2011].

Macleay W.J.M. 1887. The Insects of the Fly River,

New Guinea, Coleoptera. Family Lucanidae. -

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 2, No. 1: 143-144.

Masters G. 1888. Catalogue of the known Coleoptera of

New Guinea, including the Islands of New Ireland,

New Britain, Duke of York, Aru, Mysol, Waigiou,

Sal watty, Key, and Jobie. Family Lucanidae. -

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 2, No. 3: 299-302.

Mizunuma T., Nagai S. 1991. A new species and four new

subspecies of the genus Cyclommatus (Coleoptera,

Lucanidae). - Gekkan-Mushi 244: 4-10.

Mollenkamp W. 1898. Eine Prachtsendung aus dem

inner der insel Sumatra. - Societas entomologica

12, No. 19: 145-146.

Mollenkamp W. 1901. Sechs neue Lucaniden-Arten

und eine neue varietat. - Notes from the Leyden

Museum 22: 44-48.

Mollenkamp W. 1902a. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der

Lucaniden-Fauna. - Insektenborse 19, No. 3: 20-

21.

Mollenkamp W. 1902b. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der

Lucaniden-Fauna. - Insektenborse 19, No. 4: 353-

354.

Mollenkamp W. 1906. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der

Lucaniden. - Insektenborse 23, No. 8: 31-32.

Mollenkamp W. 1909. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der

Lucaniden. - Internationale Entomologische

Zeitschrift 3, No. 1: 3-4.

Mollenkamp W. 1911a. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der

Lucaniden. - Internationale Entomologische

Zeitschrift 5, No. 35: 248-249.

Mollenkamp W. 1911b. Zwei neue Lucaniden. -

Internationale Entomologische Zeitschrift 5, No.

39: 277.

Montrouzier J.X.H. 1855. Essai sur la faune de rile

de Woodlark ou Moiou. - Annales de la Societe

d’ Agriculture de Lyon (2) 7, No. 1: 114 pp.

Montrouzier J.X.H. 1860. Essai sur la faune

entomologique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (Balade)

et des Ties des Pins, Art, Lifu, etc. - Annales de la

Societe entomologique de France 3, No. 8: 229-

308.

Nagai S., Tsukawaki T. 1999. Three new subspecies of

the genus Dorcus (Coleoptera, Lucanidae) from

Indonesia. - Gekkan-Mushi 340: 16-18.

Nagel P. 1926. Neues uber Flirschkafer (Col. Lucanid.). -

Entomologische Mitteilungen 15, No. 2: 116-121.

at

57

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Nagel P. 1928. Neues uber Hirschkafers (Col. Lucan.).

- Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift 4: 273-298.

Nagel P. 1930. Neues uber Hirschkafers (Col.). -

Stettiner entomologische Zeitung 91, No. 1: 85-94.

Nagel P. 1931. Ein neuer Hirschkafer (Coleopt.

Lucanidae). - Annali del Museo civico di Storia

naturale “Giacomo Doha” 55: 138-141.

Nagel P. 1932a. Neues uber Hirschkafer.

Entomologische Blatter 28, No. 2: 81-88.

Nagel P. 1932b. Neues uber Hirschkafer. -

Entomologische Blatter 28, No. 3: 113-121.

Nagel P. 1933. Neue Lucaniden (Col.) des Britischen

Museums und einige andere. - Stylops 2, No. 10:

217-227.

Nagel P. 1939. Neues uber Hirschkafer. - Arbeiten uber

morphologische und taxonomische Entomologie

aus Berlin-Dahlem 6, No. 4: 325-330.

Nagel P. 1941. Neues uber Hirschkafers (Col. Lucanidae).

- Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift 1941: 54-

75.

Okuda N. 2000. A new species of the genus Dorcus

Macleay (Coleoptera, Lucanidae) from East

Indonesia. - Kogane 1: 5-7.

Olivier A.G. 1789. Entomologie , ou histoire naturelle

des Insectes, avec leurs caracteres generiques

et specifiques, leur description , leur synonymie et

leur figure enluminee. Coleopteres. Tome Premier.

Baudouin ed., Paris: 497 pp.

Parry F.J.S. 1862. Further descriptions and characters of

undescribed Lucanoid Coleoptera. - Proceedings

of the entomological Society of London 3 [1861]:

107-113.

Parry F.J.S. 1864. A catalogue of Lucanoid Coleoptera,

with illustrations and descriptions of various new

and interesting species. - Transactions of the

Royal entomological Society of London 3, No. 2:

1-113, 12 plates.

Schaufuss L.W. 1865. Aegus latidens. - Sitzungsberichte

und Abhandlungen der naturwissenschaftlichen

Gesellschaft Isis in Dresden [1864]: 19-20.

Schenk K.-D. 2000. Beschreibung einer neuen Art

der Gattung Cyciommatus Parry, 1863, aus

West-Neu guinea (Coleoptera, Lucanidae).

Entomologische Zeitschrift 110, No. 1: 10-11.

Schenk K.-D. 2008. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschkafer

Asiens (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) und beschreibung

mehrerer neuer Arten. - Beetles World 1: 1-12.

Sharp D. 1900. On the insects from New Britain. In:

Willey A. (ed.). Zoological results based on material

from New Britain , New Guinea , Loyality Islands and

elsewhere , collected during the years 1895 , 1896

and 1897. Part IV. Cambridge University Press:

381-394, plate 35.

Smith A.B.T. 2006. A review of the family-group names

for the superfamily Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera)

with corrections to nomenclature and a current

classification. - Coleopterists Society Monograph

5: 144-204.

Thomson J. 1862. Catalogue des Lucanides de la

collection de M. James Thomson, suivi d’un

appendix renfermant la description des coupes

generiques et specifiques nouvelles. - Annales

de la Societe entomologique de France 4, No. 12:

389-436.

Tryon H. 1890. Coleoptera collected by Mr. A. C. English in

the St. Joseph River District of British New Guinea,

under the auspices of His Honour the Administrator.

- 2nd Annual Report of the Administration of British

New Guinea, Appendix 5: 109-112.

Van Roon G. 1907. Description d’un Dorcide nouveau

(Col.). - Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 50: 140-142.

Van Vollenhoven S. 1861. Beschrijving van eenige

nieuwe soorten van Lucanidae. - Tijdschrift voor

Entomologie 4: 101-115, 3 pis.

Van Vollenhoven S. 1865. Sur quelques Lucanides du

Museum Royal d’Histoire naturelle de Leide. -

Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 8: 137-166, 2 pis.

Waterhouse C.0. 1876. Descriptions of two new species

of Lucanidae (Coleoptera). - The Entomologist’s

monthly Magazine 12: 172-173.

Waterhouse C.0. 1883. Description of a new species

of Eurytrachelus (Coleoptera, Dorcidae). -

Transactions of the Royal entomological Society of

London 1883, No. 4: 447-448, 1 pi.

Waterhouse C.0. 1890. Descriptions of new Pectinicorna

Coleoptera. - Annals and Magazine of Natural

History 6, No. 5: 33-39.

Westwood J.0. 1834. Descriptio generum nonnullorum

novorum e famiglia Lucanidarum cum tabula

synoptica familiae notulis illustrata. - Annales des

Bulletins de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles,

Paris 2, No. 1: 112-122, 1 pi.

Received: 29 May , 2011

Accepted: 10 June , 2011

Bordoni A.: Xantholinini of the Australian Region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), V ...

Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera:

Staphylinidae), V. New species collected by Alexander

Riedel in Arfak and Cyclops Mts., New Guinea

Arnaldo Bordoni

Museo di Storia naturale dell’Universita di Firenze, sezione di Zoologia ‘La Specola’, via Romana

17, 1-50125, Firenze, Italy; arnaldo.bordoni@libero.it

Abstract: Seven new species of Xantholinini ( Eachamia sentanica sp. nov., E. cyclopica sp. nov., E. riedeli sp. nov.,

Mitomorphus arfakensis sp. nov., M. cyclopicus sp. nov., M. riedelianus sp. nov., M. doyo sp. nov.) are described from

the Arfak and Cyclops mountains, Indonesian Papua (former Irian Jaya). To date, 147 species of Xantholinini have

been recorded from the island of New Guinea, an indication of the high level of biodiversity in a region in which few

collections of members of this tribe have as yet been made.

Keywords: Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Xantholinini, Eachamia, Mitomorphus, new species, Indonesian Papua.

Introduction

Contributions to the knowledge of Xantholinini

of the Australian Region have been published in

the past, including revisions of the species of the

Australian subregion (Australia and neighbouring

islands) (Bordoni 2005), the New Zealand subregion

(New Zealand and neighbouring islands) (Bordoni

2005a), the Austro-Malayan subregion (New

Guinea and neighbouring islands) (Bordoni 2010a),

and a few subsequent papers with descriptions of

new species (Bordoni 2010b; 2010c; 2010d).

Even before then the author (Bordoni 2002)

had examined or described many species that

inhabit the islands of the western portion of the

area that are considered transitional between the

Oriental and Australian regions. Asa result of these

studies, genera known from the Australian Region

increased from 38 to 52, and the number of species

increased from 102 to 229. Descriptions of some

other genera and species are pending (Bordoni in

print).

With regard to New Guinea in particular, 17

genera were known before publication of the

abovementioned revisions; genera now number

20 including one new genus, and species, which

numbered 54, currently number 147, including 85

new taxa.

The current publication deals with the species

of Xantholinini collected by Alexander Riedel

(Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe).

To date only three large sized species

o $

( Guineodinella gigantula (Bernhauer, 1915),

Thyreocephalus taitiensis (Boheman, 1858), T.

splendens (Cameron, 1939) were known from this

area in the North of the island (Bordoni 2010a).

Another 7 new species are described in the current

paper.

This demonstrates the special biodiversity

of this large island, the need for more thorough

entomological research in various areas of the

region, and also shows that large parts of the island

are still virtually unexplored and can be expected to

produce many new taxa in future.

Cyclops Mountains are located in the north¬

east of Indonesian Papua, South from Jayapura,

on the border of Papua New Guinea. This almost

inaccessible, isolated mountain range of northern

montane rain forests surrounded by tropical lowland

forest is an ecoregion of particular importance; part

of it has been designated a natural reserve.

The area is composed of isolated montane

forests covering many mountains (Cyclops is the

highest peak at 2158 m). These isolated mountains

all lay North of the central range of the island.

The climate of the ecoregion is tropical and

wet, which is characteristic of this part of Melanesia

located in the western Pacific Ocean north of

Australia. The vegetation of the ecoregion is

generally tropical montane rain forest. Predominant

canopy trees include Nothofagus, Lauraceae,

Lithocarpus, Castanopsis.

The open forests of the Cyclops Mountains

are dominated by Kania and Xanthmyrtus, with

59

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Lithocarpus and Notophagus at higher altitudes.

Above 1400 m coniferous trees dominate, with

Podocarpus (WWF 2008).

Acronyms used in the text:

CAB - coll. Arnaldo Bordoni, Firenze, Italy;

MZB - Zoological Museum, Bogor, Cibinong, Indonesia;

SMNK-Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe,

Germany.

Descriptions of new taxa

Eachamia sentanica sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn.

Cyclops, 710 m, S02° 32.031’, E140° 30.412’, A. Riedel

leg. 2 .XII. 2007.

Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet

refers to the type locality, Sentani area.

Description: Length of body: 11.5 mm;

from anterior margin of head to posterior margin

of elytra: 6 mm. Body shiny. Head and pronotum

black; elytra, abdomen, antennae and legs brown;

elytra with bronze reflex. Head very large, wider that

long, with large clipeus; mandibles very large and

long, eyes as long as antennomeres 7-10 together,

posterior angles broadly rounded. Surface with 1

puncture near the frontal grooves, 2 punctures in

an oblique line near the anterior margin of eyes, 2

punctures near the posterior margin of eyes; eyes

with a groove near the internal margin; numerous

fine and deep punctures on the lateral portion of

tempora. Labrum as in fig. 1. Pronotum broader and

shorter than head, dilated anteriorly, with rounded

anterior angles and sinuate sides. Surface with 1

fine puncture near the anterior angles. Elytra longer

and broader than pronotum, sub-rectangular, with

marked humeral angles. Surface with one series

of fine and sparse punctures near the suture and

one lateral series. Some punctures with very long

pale setae. Abdomen with very fine and dense

transverse micro-striation and fine and almost

dense puncturation on the sides, the punctures

bearing very long, pale, recumbent setae. Tergite

and sternite of the male genital segment as in figs

2-3. Aedeagus (Fig. 4) 0.88 mm long, with large

and short median lobe.

Distribution: Only known from the type

locality, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Note: This species is closely related to

Eachamia waylebetica Bordoni, 2010a from

Batanta (Raja Ampat Archipelago) and Vogelkop

Peninsula (West New Guinea) but differs in the

dimensions, colour and especially in the size of the

head and the shape of the aedeagus.

Eachamia cyclopica sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn.

Cyclops, 960 m, S02°31.683’, E140°30.281’, A. Riedel

leg. 21.XI.2007.

Figures 1-8. Eachamia sentanica sp. nov.: 1 - labrum,

2 - tergite and 3 - sternite of male genital segment;

4 - aedeagus; Eachamia cyclopica sp. nov.: 5 - labrum,

6 - tergite and 7 - sternite of male genital segment; 8 -

aedeagus [bar scale: 0.1 mm].

Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet

refers to the Cyclops Mountains.

Description: Length of body: 8.5 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin of

elytra: 5.3 mm. Body shiny, reddish brown; elytra

with bronze reflex. Head quadrate, with broadly

rounded posterior angles. Eyes protuberant, as long

as antennomeres 3-5 together. Surface of head

— : 1

Bordoni A.: Xantholinini of the Australian Region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), V ...

with 1 puncture at the end of frontal grooves, 2

punctures in an oblique line between the eyes, near

the internal margin, 2 punctures in an oblique line

behind eyes; some punctures near the posterior

margin of head. Mandibles very large. Labrum as in

fig. 5. Pronotum narrower and longerthan head, sub-

rectangular, slightly dilated anteriorly, with rounded

anterior angles. Surface with 2 punctures near the

Figures 9-15. Eachamia riedeli sp. nov.: 9 - labrum, 10

- tergite and 11 - stern ite of male genital segment; 12

- aedeagus; Mitomorphus arfakensis sp. nov.: 13 - ter¬

gite and 15 - stern ite of male genital segment; 15 - ae¬

deagus [bar scale: 0.1 mm].

anterior angles. Elytra sub-rectangular, much longer

and wider than pronotum, with marked humeral

angles. Surface with dense and deep puncturation,

arranged in numerous series. Abdomen with very

fine and dense polygonal microreticulation and fine

and sparse puncturation. Tergite and sternite of the

male genital segment as in figs 6-7. Aedeagus (Fig.

8) 1 mm long, with long and narrow median lobe,

with rounded apex.

OUJ

JvL 1

Distribution: Known only from the type

locality, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Note: This species is closely related to

Eachamia corusca Bordoni, 2005 from Australia

(North Queensland) but differs by the shorter body,

not rounded head, robust mandibles, different

shape of labrum, 3rd antennomere much longer

than 2n > pronotum with 2 punctures, abdomen

without transverse microstriation, and the shape of

the aedeagus.

Eachamia riedeli sp. nov.

Flolotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn.

Cyclops, 500-900 m, S02°32.2\ E140°30.4\ A. Riedel

leg. 21.XI.2007.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Dedicated

to its first collector, Alexander Riedel.

Description: Length of body 12 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin of

elytra: 7 mm. Very large species, shiny; head and

pronotum with greenish-bronze reflex; elytra with

violet reflex; abdomen black with posterior half

of 5 visible segment, 6 segment and genital

segment reddish. Antennae reddish brown, with

the last three antennomeres yellowish; legs reddish

brown. Head large, quadrate, with broadly rounded

posterior angles; eyes as long as the last three

antennomeres. Surface of head with 1 puncture

at the end of the frontal grooves, 2 punctures

between the eyes, 2 punctures in an oblique line

behind the eyes; some punctures near the posterior

margin; fine and dense punctures on the deflexed

portion of tempora, behind the eyes. Labrum as in

fig. 9. Pronotum shorter and narrower than head,

dilated anteriorly, with marked anterior angles.

Surface with one puncture near the anterior

angles. Elytra longer and wider than pronotum, with

marked humeral angles. Surface with one series

of punctures near the suture, one lateral series,

and other scattered punctures. Abdomen with very

fine, dense transverse microstriation and fine and

sparse puncturation; all punctures with long erect

setae. Tergite and sternite of male genital segment

as in figs 10-11. Aedeagus (Fig. 12) 1.33 mm long,

with long sub-rectangular median lobe, with very

small lateral denticulation in the proximal part, with

quadrate apex; scales of the inner sac very pale.

Distribution: Known only from the type

locality, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Notes: This species is closely related to

Eachamia corusca Bordoni, 2005 from Australia

(North Queensland), but differs in the larger body,

different coloration, elytra with only two series of

61

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

punctures, and the different shape of the aedeagus.

A better understanding of the species of the genus

Eachamia is provided by the dichotomous key given

in the revision of the Xantholinini of New Guinea

and the Austro-Malaysian islands (Bordoni 2010a).

Mitomorphus arfakensis sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Manokwari, Arfak Mts,

Mokwam, Siyoubrig, 1870 m, S02°07.066’, E133°

54.710’, A. Riedel leg. 11.XII.2007.

Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet

refers to the type locality.

Description: Length of body 7 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin of elytra:

4 mm. Body shiny, reddish brown. Head oblong,

very long and narrow, the sides slightly rounded.

Eyes very small. Surface of head with two parallel

series of 2 punctures on the clypeus and with fine

and sparse puncturation on the sides. Pronotum

longer than head, of the same width, with oblique

anterior margins, almost obsolete anterior angles

and scarcely sinuate sides. Surface with dorsal

series of 5-6 very fine and sparse punctures and

a lateral series of 5 punctures. Elytra shorter and

slightly wider than pronotum, with almost obsolete

humeral angles and sub-parallel sides. Surface

with 3 series of a few, fine and sparse punctures.

Abdomen with fine transverse microstriation and

fine and sparse puncturation. Tergite and sternite

of male genital segment as in figs 13-14. Aedeagus

(Fig. 15) 1.33 mm long, with characteristic

structures of inner sac.

Distribution: Known only from the type

locality, Afrak mountains on Vogelkop, West Papua.

Note: This species is closely related to

Mitomorphus abilalanus Bordoni, 2010a from

Papua New Guinea (Madang Province, Finisterre

Mountains) but differs in the longer body, different

puncturation on pronotum, narrower sternite of

male genital segment and the inner structures of

the aedeagus.

Mitomorphus cyclopicus sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn.

Cyclops, 620 m, S02°32.166\ E140°30.512, A. Riedel

leg. 19.XI.2007.

Paratypes 5 exx: 1 S SMNK, same data as in

holotype; IS, 1$ CAB, 1<$ SMNK, same data, 960 m,

S02°31.683\ E140°30.281, A. Riedel leg. 21.XI.2007;

IS SMNK, same data, 515 m, S02°32.291\ E140°

30.505’; IS CAB, same data, 365 m, A. Riedel leg.

27.XI.2007.

Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet

refers to the type locality.

Description: Length of body 8.5 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin of

elytra: 4.5 mm. Body fuscous. Head and abdomen

(partially) opaque owing to microsculpture;

pronotum and elytra shiny; antennae brown with

last antennomeres paler; legs pale brown with

femora yellowish. Head and a small portion of

clypeus totally covered by extremely fine and dense

polygonal microreticulation, with sparse punctures.

Pronotum longer and broader than head, with

very oblique anterior margins and almost obsolete

Figures 16-21. Mitomorphus cyclopicus sp. nov.: 16 -

tergite and 17 - sternite of male genital segment; 18

- aedeagus; Mitomoprhus riedelianus sp. nov.: 19 - ter¬

gite and 20 - sternite of male genital segment; 21 - ae¬

deagus [bar scale: 0.1 mm].

anterior angles. Surface covered by dense and

deep puncturation apart from a narrow median

strip. Elytra broader and shorter than pronotum,

subrectangular, with marked humeral angles.

—7

Bordoni A.: Xantholinini of the Australian Region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), V ...

Surface covered by dense and deep puncturation

arranged in numerous series. Abdominal segments

with a depression at the base, with fine and dense

polygonal microreticulation and fine and sparse

puncturation. Tergite and sternite of the male

genital segment as in figs 16-17. Aedeagus (Fig. 18)

l. 85 mm long, with asymmetrical parameres and

internal sac with 2 series of large spines.

Distribution: Known only from the type

locality, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Note: This species is closely related to

Mitomorphus punctatissimus Bordoni, 2010a from

Papua New Guinea (Madang, Morobe and Rintobe

District) but differs from all its congeners by the

polygonal microreticulation on the head and the

shape of the tergite and sternite of the male genital

segment, as well as by the structure of the internal

sac of the aedeagus.

Mitomorphus riedelianus sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn.

Cyclops, 945 m, S02°31.776\ E140° 30.215’, A. Riedel

leg. 21.XI.2007.

Paratypes 4 exx: 1$ SMNK, same data, 365 m,

S02°32.478\ E140°28.835’, A. Riedel leg.; 1$ SMNK,

same data, 620 m, S02°32.166\ E140°30.512\

A. Riedel leg. 19.XI.2007; 1$ CAB, same data, 365

m, S02°32.478\ E140°28.835’, A. Riedel leg.

27.XI.2007; 1$ SMNK, same data, Doyo, S02°32.478’,

Figures 22-24. Mitomorphus doyo sp. nov.: 22 - tergite

and 23 - sternite of male genital segment; 24 - aedea¬

gus [bar scale: 0.1 mm].

elytra: 4.5 mm. Body fuscous, shiny; humeral

angles slightly reddish; antennae and legs brown,

femora yellowish. Flead ovoid, with slightly rounded

sides. Eyes very small. Surface of head with

polygonal microreticulation laterally and posteriad;

two parallel median series of 3 punctures behind

the clypeus; numerous punctures laterally and

posteriad. Pronotum long and narrow, longer but

not broader than head, with a dorsal series of 13-

14 irregular punctures, a lateral series of 8-10

irregular punctures and some other scattered

punctures. Elytra sub-rectangular, shorter and

wider than pronotum, with well marked humeral

angles; surface with very numerous punctures,

arranged in numerous series. Abdominal segments

with a depression at the base, with very fine and

dense polygonal microreticulation and sparse

puncturation. Tergite and sternite of male genital

segment as in figs 19-20. The sternite very narrow

and long. Aedeagus (Fig. 21) 1.92 mm long, with

asymmetrical parameres and inner sac with 2

series of large spines.

Distribution: Known only from the named

localities, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Note: This species is closely related to

Mitomorphus sublitoraneus Bordoni, 2010a from

Indonesian Papua (Wondiwoi Mts. and Testega) in

its external characters but differs by the structures

of the inner sac of the aedeagus.

Mitomorphus doyo sp. nov.

Holotype S MZB, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Doyo,

Gn. Cyclops, 365 m, S02°32.478’, E140°28.835’, A.

Riedel leg. 27.XI.2007.

Paratypes 30 exx: 5 exx SMNK, same data, 365 m,

S02°32.478’, E140° 28.835’, A. Riedel leg. 27.XI.2007;

2 exx SMNK, Jayapura, Sentani, Gn. Cyclops, 575 m,

S02°32.221’, E140° 30.526’, A. Riedel leg. 19.XI.2007;

1 ex. SMNK, same data, 620 m, S02°32.166’,

E140° 30.512’; 2 exx CAB, same data; 2 exx SMNK,

same data, 515 m, S02°32.291’, E140°30.505’;

5 exx SMNK, same data, 1065 m, S02°31.594’,

E140° 30.407’, A. Riedel leg. 21.XI.200;4exxCAB,same

data; 2 exx SMNK, same data, 1150 m, S02°31.516’,

E140° 30.436’; 1 ex. CAB, same data; 4 exx SMNK,

785 m, S02°31.912’, E140°30.416’, A. Riedel leg.

2.XII.2007; 4 exx CAB, same data.

E140° 28.835’, A. Riedel leg. 27.XI.2007.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Dedicated

to its first collector, Alexander Riedel.

Description: Length of body 8.5 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin of

OUJ

jvLl

Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet

refers to the type locality, Doyo, as a noun in

opposition.

Description: Length of body 5 mm; from

anterior margin of head to posterior margin

of elytra: 2.8 mm. Body reddish brown, shiny;

63

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

antennae reddish brown with the last segment

yellow; legs pale brown with yellowish femora. Head

anteriorly not narrow, with sub-parallel sides and

largely rounded anterior angles. Eyes small and

salient. Surface of head with two parallel series

of 2 punctures on the clypeus and some sparse

and very fine punctures, especially on the sides.

Pronotum slightly longer and narrower than head,

dilated anteriorly, narrow posteriad, with very

oblique anterior margins, obsolete anterior angles

and very sinuate sides. Surface with a dorsal series

of 5-6 punctures and lateral series of 4 spaced

punctures. Elytra little longer and much broader

than pronotum, sub-rectangular, large, with marked

humeral angles. Surface with 3 series of fine and

sparse punctures. Abdomen with superficial and

sparse transverse microstriation and fine and

sparse puncturation. Tergite and sternite of the

male genital segment as in figs 22-23. Aedeagus

(Fig. 24) 0.74 mm long, with large, asymmetrical

parameres and characteristic inner sac.

Distribution: Known only from the named

localities, Cyclops mountains in central New Guinea.

Notes: This species is closely related to

Mitomorphus budemuensis Bordoni, 2010a from

Papua New Guinea (Finisterre Mountains), but

differs especially in the shape of the inner sac

of the aedeagus. A better understanding of the

species of the genus Mitomorphus is provided

by the dichotomous key given in the revision of

the Xantholinini of New Guinea and the Austro-

Malaysian islands (Bordoni 2010a).

Mitomorphus sp.

Material: 1$, 1$ SMNK, Manokwari, Arfak

Mts, Mokwam, Siyoubrig, 1870 m, S01° 07.066’,

E133° 54.710’, A. Riedel leg. 11.XII.2007.

A pair of specimens, dead in copula, from was

violently separated during the preparation. The

inner sac of the aedeagus, with everted internal

structures composed of spines, was inserted in

the vagina. The S has an aedeagus without inner

sac and parameres outside the abdomen. The

basal bulb was in normal position in the abdomen,

because it is never extruded from the abdomen

during the copulation in the species belonging to

the tribe Xantholinini, as it is much more massive

than the genital opening. The everted inner sac,

turned inside-out like a glove, has a completely

different shape than it has when the aedeagus is

at rest, so I am not able to identify this couple.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Alexander Riedel (Staatliches

Museum fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe, Germany) for

providing the material for this study, Dr. Dmitry

Telnov (The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) -

for accepting this contribution in the book devoted

to biodiversity and biogeography of New Guinea,

and Guillaume de Rougemont (London) forthe help

with the English version of this paper.

References

Bordoni A. 2002. Xantholinini della Regione Orientale

(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) - Classificazione,

filogenesi e revisione tassonomica. - Monografie

del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali 33: 998

pp.

Bordoni A. 2005. Revision of the Xantholinini of Australia

(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). - Monografie del

Museo regionale di Scienze naturali 42: 435-614.

Bordoni A. 2005a. Revisione degli Xantholinini della

Nuova Zelanda (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). -

Bollettino del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali

22, No. 2: 329-442.

Bordoni A. 2010a. Revisione degli Xantholinini

della Nuova Guinea e delle isole austromalesi

(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). - Bollettino del Museo

regionale di Scienze naturali 27, No. 2: 253-635.

Bordoni A. 2010b. Xantholinini of the Australasian

Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). III. Description

of Otagonia nunni n. sp. and New Records from

New Zealand. - New Zealand Entomologist 33:

114-117.

Bordoni A. 2010c. Xantholinini from the Australian

and Oriental Regions. New Genus, New Species

and New Records (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). -

Zootaxa 2538: 38-46.

Bordoni A. 2010d. Remarks in the Xantholinini from

Australian Region. II. Three New Species from

New Guinea (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). - Linzer

biologische Beitrage 42, No. 1: 529-534.

Bordoni A. [in print]. Xantholinini of the Australasian

Region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). IV. A New Genus

from Australia and New Records. - Australian

Journal of Entomology.

WWF 2008. Northern New Guinea Montane Rain Forest.

In: Cutler J. Cleveland (ed.) Encyclopedia of Earth.

Washington, Environmental Information Coalition,

National Council for Sciences and the Environment.

64

Received: 20 November ; 2010

Accepted: 15 April , 2011

Cassola F.: Studies of Tiger Beetles. CXCIV. The Tiger Beetles from Wallaces and the region of Indo-Australian ...

Studies of Tiger Beetles. CXCIV. The Tiger Beetles

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) from Wallacea and the

region of Indo-Australian transitional zone:

the present knowledge

Fabio Cassola

Via Fulvio Tomassucci 12-20, 1-00144, Roma, Italy; fabiocassola@aliceposta.it

Abstract: The Wallacean fauna, i.e. (in this paper) the fauna from Sulawesi, the lesser Sunda islands (also known

as Nusa Tenggara), the Moluccas, New Guinea, Palau Islands, the Solomons, as well as the northern part of Cape

York peninsula in Australia, is briefly reviewed. Such a fauna, despite being somewhat impoverished in comparison

with that of the Oriental region, is rather consistent, as it contains no less than 245 Tiger Beetle species, many of

which are endemic to the area.

Keywords: Wallacea, Tiger Beetles, Cicindelidae, analysis and discussion of the fauna.

Introduction

The Cicindelidae (Coleoptera) or Tiger Beetles,

have a remarkable interest to the biogeographer

because, in spite of their active and speedy flight,

they are usually poor fliers, remaining faithful to

their one small site, never wandering for more than

a few dozen metres. Since most of them are strictly

stenoecious, ecological barriers are very effective

to them. Consequently endemic species are usually

many, and moreover Tiger Beetles appear to be

able to sometimes cross narrow sea stretches for

instance by means of propagules (Cassola 1990

& 1998). As to the transitional area between the

Oriental and the Australian biogeographical regions,

usually better known as Wallacea, it certainly is of

the greatest interest to the biogeographer as well

to all naturalists.

While the eastern limits of Wallacea are usually

found in Weber’s line (which probably represents

a major biogeographical boundary and the most

effective faunal division between the Indo-Malayan

and the Australian regions), its western limits are

much more discussed instead (Gressitt 1959).

In Huxley’s and other authors’ interpretation,

Wallace’s Line would pass west of the Philippines

(thus including them in Wallacea), while in Mayr’s

interpretation (Mayr 1944) the Line leaves the

Philippines on the west, thus excluding them from

Wallacea. In this paper I would prefer to consider

Wallacea and the Indo-Australian transitional zone

asincludingjustSulawesi,the Lesser Sunda Islands

(also known as Nusa Tenggara), New Guinea, the

Moluccas, Palau Islands as well as the Solomon

Islands, and moreover the northern part of Cape

York peninsula in Australia. In contrast, other areas

are to be excluded, such as the Philippines, the main

Sunda Islands, Australian mainland, New Zealand,

New Caledonia, and the other Pacific islands.

I myself had the opportunity of dealing several

times with this area: Sulawesi (Cassola 1991;

1996; 1997; Cassola, Sawada 1994; Cassola,

Brzoska 2008; Cassola, Wiesner 2001), New

Guinea (Cassola 1987a; 1989; 2004; Cassola,

Werner 1996a & b, 1998; 2001; Cassola, Matalin

2010; Matalin & Cassola in press), the Solomon

Islands (Cassola 1987b), Palau Islands (Cassola,

Sato 2004), the whole area (Cassola, 1990), and

even the Fiji Islands in the Pacific Ocean, where

two endemic species exist which are close relatives

of New Guinean Polyrhanis (Cassola 1983; 1986;

2009) . An overall assessment of western Wallacea

was provided by Coates & Bishop (1997), while New

Guinean geography and biogeography was reviewed

by Gressitt (1982). New species from Wallacea and

the Australo-Papuan region were also published

by Brouerius van Nidek (1953; 1954a & b; 1959;

1960; 1968; 1973), Rivalier (1972), Schule (1998;

2010) , Werner (1990; 1992), Werner & Wiesner

(1997; 1999), Wiesner (1994; 1999; 2000),

Sawada & Wiesner (2000), Naviaux (2002), and

Matalin & Wiesner (2008). Others are presently in

o % -#

65

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

press. Nomenclature follows Rivalier (1963; 1971).

Fauna and biogeography of fiber Beetles

The Tiger Beetle fauna of this large area is not

probably yet fully known and may still even reserve

new exciting discoveries to the dedicated student.

Moreover, it appears to be somewhat impoverished,

as no more than 245 species are presently known

in all (including also unpublished information), two

of which appear in need to be confirmed. These

species belong to the following genera (most of

which are better represented in the Oriental region

or in Australia): the Collyrine genera Neocollyris

(subgenus Neocollyris) W.Horn, 1901 (3 species out

of 242) and Tricondyla Latreille, 1822 (7/47), as

well the Cicindeline genera Australicapitona Sumlin,

1992 (2/10, both of which should be confirmed),

Dilatotarsa Dokhtouroff, 1882 (2/8), Heptodonta

Hope, 1838 (1/12), Distipsidera Westwood, 1837

(3/13), Therates Latreille, 1817 (16/108), and

several genera which were previously thought to be

part of genus Cicindela Linnaeus, 1758 (s. auct.):

Hipparidium Jeannel, 1946 (2/21), Calomera

Motschulsky, 1862 (18/45), Lophyra Motschulsky,

1859 (subgenus Spilodia Rivalier, 1961) (1/6),

Thopeutica (subgenus Thopeutica) Schaum, 1861

(20/43), Cylindera Westwood, 1831 (subgenus

Ifasina Jeannel, 1946) (8/78), Myriochila

(subgenus Myriochila) Motschulsky, 1862 (7/26),

Abroscelis Hope, 1838 (1/6) and Enantiola Rivalier,

1961 (2/4). Several species belong, in contrast, to

genera which are endemic to the area: Oxygoniola

W.Horn, 1892 (1), Darlingtonica Cassola, 1986 (1),

Caledonomorpha W.Horn, 1897 (10), Thopeutica

(subgenus Pseudotherates Cassola, 1991) (19),

Wallacedela Cassola, 1991 (34), Poiyrhanis

Rivalier, 1963 (50), Guineica Rivalier, 1963 (2),

Orthocindela Rivalier, 1972 (2), Leptognatha

(subgenus Leptognatha) Rivalier, 1963 (23) and

Leptognatha (subgenus Thylacina Rivalier, 1963)

(10).

A better examination of the above mentioned

genera would showthefollowing. Neocollyris is a very

speciose Oriental genus (245) species), distributed

in continental Asia from Pakistan and India east to

China, which enters the Wallacean area marginally

only, with three species which inhabit Sulawesi and

one which was recorded (most probably in error)

from the Aru Islands. Therates is another speciose

Oriental genus (108 species), which however

occurs as well on Sulawesi (with 12 species), New

Guinea (8 species), the Solomons (3 species),

Misool (1 species) and Halmahera (2 species). Also

Tricondyla is a mainly Oriental genus (47 species),

recently reviewed by Naviaux (2002), which occurs

with five species on Sulawesi and inhabits with 2

further species New Guinea, Halmahera, Cape York

Peninsula and the Solomons. Dilatotarsa (8 species

in all, primarily from Borneo and the Philippines)

occurs with 2 species in Sulawesi (Cassola, Murray

1979). Heptodonta (12 species) is another Oriental

genus that could well be extraneous to the area

but it was doubtfully recorded (1 species) from

Sulawesi (Cassola 1991). All other species belong,

in contrast, to the formerly Cicindela L. (sensu

auct.). Thopeutica (Thopeutica) is well represented

in Sulawesi and the Philippines but is unknown

elsewhere. Hipparidium (21 species) is an African

and Malagasy genus which puzzlingly occurs with

two species on Sulawesi too. Calomera (45 species,

formerly better known as Lophyridia), Lophyra

(Spilodia) (6), Cylindera (Ifasina) (78), Myriochila

(Myriochila) (26), Abroscelis (6) and Enantiola (4)

are also mainly Oriental genera which occur in the

Wallacean area with one or few species only.

In contrast, Australicapitona is an Australian

megacephaline genus (10 species), of which

two species [A. humeralis (Macleay, 1863) and

A. bostockii (Laporte de Castelnau, 1867) were

recorded by W.Horn (1913) from Merauke in the Irian

Jaya southern coast]. Although their occurrence

in New Guinea is theoretically fully plausible,

these species, as far as I know, have never been

collected again and consequently these records

appear in need to be confirmed. Distipsidera too is

an E-Australian genus, with 13 tree-dweller species

in all, two of which appear to be endemic to New

Guinea.

The prothymine monospecific genera

Oxygoniola and Darlingtonica are respectively

endemic to Sulawesi and New Guinea. As to

the genus Caledonomorpha, it is known so far

to include 10 species which are all endemic

to eastern New Guinea only (bird’s tail, /.e. the

Central, Northern, Morobe and Milne Bay provinces

of Papua New Guinea) as well as to Fergusson and

Goodenough Is. (D’Entrecasteaux Islands) in Milne

Bay Province. As to the Cicindelina subtribe, while

the typonominal subgenus of genus Thopeutica

occurs, as it was stated above, both in Sulawesi

(20 species) and the Philippines (23 species), its

subgenus Pseudotherates is apparently a Sulawesi

endemic, as well as genus Wallacedela, and they

both form in fact the bulk of the Sulawesi fauna. In

contrast, the genera Poiyrhanis (50 species) and

Leptognatha (s. I.) (33) are endemic to New Guinea

Cassola F.: Studies of Tiger Beetles. CXCIV. The Tiger Beetles from Wallaces and the region of Indo-Australian ...

and related area. The latter genus is hitherto

practically known from main New Guinea only

(with just one species occurring also on Yapen I.),

while Polyrhanis, although centred on New Guinea

itself (38 species) is also known from several small

New Guinean islands: Roon (1), Waigeo (5), Misool

(3), Yapen (4), Biak (1), Moluccas (Aru, Batjan,

Halmahera, Buru and Ceram) (3), Goodenough (1),

New Britain (2), Mioko (1), New Ireland (1) and the

Solomon Islands (7 species). In Fiji there are two

further species [Oceanella vitiensis (Blanchard,

1853) and Parapolyrhanis oceanica Cassola,

1983] which are apparently allied to Polyrhanis

(Cassola 2009). As to Guineica, it is also a New

Guinean endemic genus, with 2 species in the

main island (1 of which occurs also in New Britain).

All in all, the Wallacean fauna, despite being

somewhat impoverished, is rather consistent, with

no less than 245 Tiger Beetle species, many of

which are endemic to the area, known to occur in

the considered area.

References

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1953. Cicindelidae (Tiger

Beetles) collected in eastern New Guinea, with

description of a new species. - Psyche 60: 155-

159.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1954a. Description of two

new Cicindelidae (Coleoptera) from New Guinea. -

Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12: 391-

394, pi. 9.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1954b. Bemerkungen

uber Cicindeliden mit Neubeschreibung.

Entomologische Blatter 50: 232-235.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1959. Results of the

Archbold Expeditions. Cicindelidae from New

Guinea (Coleoptera). - Nova Guinea, new series,

10: 177-186.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1960. Beschreibung

neuer Cicindeliden (Col.). - Entomologische

Mitteil ungen a us dem Zoologischen Staatsinstitut

u. Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 24: 108-110.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1968. Die Cicindelidae (Col.)

der Noona Dan Expedition nach the Philippinen,

Bismarck- und Salomon Inseln. - Entomologiske

Meddelelser 36: 232-237.

Brouerius van Nidek C.M.C. 1973. A new genus and

a new species from the australian region. -

Entomologische Blatter 69: 61-63.

Cassola F. 1983. Studies on Cicindelids, XXXVI. A

new tiger beetle from the Fiji Islands (Insecta:

Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Senckenbergiana

Biologica 64: 215-219.

Cassola F. 1986. Studies on Cicindelids. XLVI. The female

of Parapolyrhanis oceanica Cassola (Coleoptera,

Cicindelidae). - Fragmenta Entomologica 19: 117-

118.

Cassola F. 1987a. Studi sui Cicindelidi. LI. I Cicindelidae

(Coleoptera) della Nuova Guinea. - Annali del

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova 86

(1986): 281-454.

Cassola F. 1987b. Studi sui Cicindelidi. Lll. I Cicindelidae

(Coleoptera) delle Solomon Islands. - Annali del

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova 86

(1986): 509-551.

Cassola F. 1989. Studies on Cicindelids. LVII. Additions

to the fauna of New Guinea, and re-depository of

some type specimens (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). -

Revue Suisse de Zoologie 96: 803-810.

Cassola F. 1990. Studies on Tiger Beetles. LV.

Biogeography of the Cicindelidae (Coleoptera) of

the Australo-Papuan Region. Biogeographical

Aspects of Insularity, Accademia Nazionale dei

Lincei, Roma. - Atti dei Convegni Lincei 85: 559-

574.

Cassola F. 1991. Studi sui Cicindelidi. LXIII. I Cicindelidae

(Coleoptera) dell’lsola di Sulawesi, Indonesia. -

Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale "G.

Doha” 88: 481-664.

Cassola F. 1996. Studies on Tiger Beetles. LXXXIV.

Additions to the tiger beetle fauna of Sulawesi,

Indonesia (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Zoologische

Mededelingen Leiden 70: 145-153.

Cassola F. 1998. Studi sui Cicindelidi. C. Le Cicindele

come indicatori biologici (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae).

- Atti dell’Accademia Italiana di Entomologia,

Rendiconti 46: 337-352.

Cassola F. 1997. Studies on Tiger Beetles. XCII. Further

additions to the tiger beetle fauna of Sulawesi,

Indonesia (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Doriana,

Supplemento agii Annali del Museo Civico di Storia

Naturale “G. Doha” 6, No. 300: 1-7.

Cassola F. 2004. Studies of Tiger Beetles. CXLVIII. A

few more data from New Guinea (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - Bulletin de I’lnstitut Royal des

Sciences Naturelles de Belgique , Entomologie 74:

73-75.

Cassola F. 2009. Studies of Tiger Beetles. CLXXVII.

Notes on the tiger beetle fauna of Fiji (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). In: Everhuis N.L., Bickel D.J. (eds.) Fiji

Arthropods. - Bishop Museum Occasional Papers

12: 27-31.

Cassola F., Brzoska D., 2008. Collecting notes and

new data on the tiger beetle fauna of Sulawesi,

Indonesia, with descriptions of fourteen new taxa

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Annali del Museo

Civico di Storia Naturale “G. Doha” 100: 1-110.

Cassola F. & Matalin A.V, 2010. Two new Leptognatha

species of the subgenus Thylacina from New

Guinea (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - MitteUungen

der Munchner Entomologischen Gesellschaft 100:

131-145.

Cassola F., Murray R.R. 1979. A review of the genus

DUatotarsa Doktourov, with description of a

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

new species from Palawan Island, Philippines

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Redia 62: 205-228.

Cassola F., Sato M. 2004. A new Cylindera species

from the Palau Islands, Micronesia (Coleoptera,

Cicindelidae). - Japanese Journal of Systematic

Entomology 10: 187-191.

Cassola F., Sawada H. 1994. Neotype designation and

male description of Tricondyla herculeana W.FIorn,

1942 (Coleoptera, Cicindelidae). - Fragmenta

entomologica 25: 281-284.

Cassola F., Werner K. 1996a. Additional data on the

tiger beetle fauna of New Guinea: results of the

explorations of A. Riedel in New Guinea 1990-

1994 (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Coleoptera ,

Schwanfelder Coleopterologische MitteUungen 18:

1-12.

Cassola F., Werner K. 1996b. Further new data on the

tiger beetle fauna of New Guinea (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - Acta Coleopterologica 12: 25-28.

Cassola F., Werner K. 1998. New Tiger Beetle

findings from Papua New Guinea (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - MitteUungen des Internationalen

entomologischen Vereins 23: 151-164.

Cassola F., Werner K. 2001. New data on the tiger beetle

fauna of New Guinea: Results of the explorations

of A.Riedel in Irian Jaya 2000-2001. - MitteUungen

des Internationalen entomologischen Vereins 26:

91-102.

Cassola F., Wiesner J. 2001. Description of two new

Wallacedela species and notes on another species

from Sulawesi (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). -

Munchner Entomologische Gesellschaft 91: 65-69.

Coates B.J., Bishop K.D. 1997. A guide to the Birds of

Wallacea. Sulawesi , The Moluccas and Lesser

Sunda Islands , Indonesia. Dove Publications,

Alderley: 535 pp.

Gressitt J.L. 1959. Wallace’s Line and Insect Distribution.

- Proceedings of the XVth International Congress

of Zoology 1: 66-68.

Gressitt J.L. (ed.) 1982. Ecology and biogeography of

New Guinea. - Monographiae Biologicae 42: 709-

734.

Florn W. 1913. Cicindelinae: resultats de I’expedition

scientifique Neerlandaise a la Nouvelle-Guinee. -

Nova Guinea 9: 409-411.

Matalin A.V., Cassola F. & [in press]. A new species of

the genus Polyrhanis Rivalier, 1963 (Coleoptera,

Cicindelidae) from Irian Jaya, New Guinea.

Matalin A. V., Wiesner J. 2008.Anewspecies of Polyrhanis

Rivalier, 1963, from New Guinea (Coleoptera,

Cicindelidae). - Entomologische Zeitschrift mit

Insektenborse 118: 19-21.

Mayr E. 1944. Wallace’s Line in the light of recent

zoogeographic studies. - Quarterly Review of

Biology 19: 1-14.

Naviaux R. 2002. Les Tricondylina (Coleoptera,

Cicindelidae). Revision des genres Tricondyla

Latreille et Derocrania Chaudoir et descriptions

de nouvea ux taxons. - Memoires de la Societe

Entomologique de France 8: 1-106.

Rivalier E. 1963. Demembrement du genre Cicindela L.

(fin). V. Faune australienne (et liste recapitulative

des genres et sous-genres proposes pour la faune

mondiale). - Revue frangaise d’Entomologie 31:

127-164.

Rivalier E. 1971. Remarques sur la Tribu des Cicindelini

(Col. Cicindelidae) et sa subdivision en sous-tribus.

- Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie 1: 135-143.

Ri va I ier E. 1972. Especes nou vel les d u gen re Leptognatha

Rivalier et du genre nouveau Orthocindela [Col.

Cicindelidae] de Nouvelle-Guinee. - Annales de la

Societe Entomologique de France , N.S. 8: 299-307.

Sawada H., Wiesner J. 2000. Tiger Beetles of Indonesia

collected by Mr. Shinji Nagai (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - Entomological Review of Japan 55:

31-37.

Schule P. 1998. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cicindeliden

Irian Jayas mit Beschreibung einer neuen

Polyrhanis- Art (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae).

MitteUungen der Munchner Entomologischen

Gesellschaft 88: 37-44.

Schule P. 2010. Calomera jackli, a new species from

Obi Island, Indonesia (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). -

Entomologische Zeitschrift mit Insektenborse 120:

1-3.

Werner K. 1990. Eine neue Dilatotarsa a us Celebes

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - MitteUungen

Munchner Entomologische Gesellschaft 80: 5-7.

Werner K. 1992. Vier neue Sandlaufkafer-Arten aus der

Orientalische Region (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). -

Entomologische Zeitschrift mit Insektenborse 97:

289-304.

Werner K., Wiesner J. 1997. Eine neue Thopeutica

(Pseudotherates) von Sulawesi (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - Entomologische Zeitschrift mit

Insektenborse 107: 41-43.

Werner K., Wiesner J. 1999. Eine weitere neue

Thopeutica (Pseudotherates) von Sulawesi

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Entomologische

Zeitschrift mit Insektenborse 109: 17-19.

Wiesner J. 1994. Thopeutica (Pseudotherates)

pseudopaluensis n. sp., eine neue Art von Sulawesi

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). - Entomologische

Zeitschrift mit Insektenborse 104: 410-412.

Wiesner J. 1999. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cicindelidae

von Neuguinea (Col.). - Entomologische Zeitschrift

mit Insektenborse 109: 74-77.

Wiesner J. 2000. Polyrhanis hoiynskii sp. nov., a new

tiger beetle from Papua New Guinea (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). - Entomologische Zeitschrift mit

Insektenborse 110: 273-274.

Received: 01 March , 2011

Accepted: 15 April , 2011

68

Greke K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region

(plates 9-14)

Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897

(Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae)

from the Papuan region

Kristine Greke

Stopinu novads, Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Latvia; k.greke@gmail.com

Abstract: Representatives of the gastropod genus Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae)

from New Guinea, Raja Am pat and Moluccan Archipelago are revised. In total, 11 species are confirmed for the

study region. The type species for the genus Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 is here designated. The following new syn¬

onymy is proposed: Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 = Diaspira Soos, 1911 syn. nov. Lectotypes are designated for two

species - Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.Smith, 1897 and D. papuana E.A.Smith, 1897. Three species new to science were

described and illustrated, namely Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi sp. nov., D. mirabilis sp. nov., and D. tritonensis sp.

nov. New faunal information on previously known species is presented. A new key to Ditropopsis from the Papuan

biogeographical region and an annotated species list are presented for the first time.

Key words: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Cyclophoridae, Ditropopsis, Papuan region, taxonomy, biogeography, new spe¬

cies, identification.

Introduction Material and Methods

Eight species of genus Ditropopsis E.A.Smith,

1897 were previously known from the Papuan re¬

gion sensu lato (The Moluccas, Raja Ampat islands,

New Guinea, and Solomon Islands). Most of these

were described more than one hundred years ago,

but two species were added by van Benthem Jut¬

ting in 1958 and 1963. No keys or checklists exist

for the genus Ditropopsis from the study region.

During the 2009-2010 two zoological expedi¬

tions held by the Entomological Society of Latvia

were taken to Raja Ampat Islands and the West

of New Guinea. In total, five species of Ditropopsis

were collected from five different localities. Among

them were three species new to science, namely

Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi sp. nov. (Raja Ampat:

Misool Island), D. mirabilis sp. nov. (Indonesian

Papua: Onin Peninsula), and D. tritonensis sp. nov.

(Indonesian Papua: southern Bird’s Neck).

Additionally, redescriptions of two insufficiently

known species - Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.Smith, 1897

and D. papuana E.A.Smith, 1897 are given and

lectotypes are designated for both these species.

Type species of the genus Ditropopsis is also des¬

ignated. One new synonymy is proposed on base of

morphological similarity between Ditropopsis and

Diaspira Soos, 1911.

All specimens described below were collected

by hand and are preserved in 70% ethanol. Speci¬

mens were studied using a Leica S6D stereomicro¬

scope. Specimen photographs were taken using a

Canon EOS 450D SLR camera attached to the mi¬

croscope, and CombineZP software was used for

image stacking. Holotypes of the newly described

species are deposited in the collection of Natural

History Museum of Erfurt. All species are listed

alphabetically, since a phylogenetic arrangement

is impossible. All label data is reproduced exactly,

with no corrections or additions; labels (if more

than one for the same specimen) are separated by

slashes ( / ). If not otherwise stated, all labels are

printed. Author’s comments are placed in square

brackets [ ].

The following abbreviations are used:

BMNH - British Museum (Natural History), London, Unit¬

ed Kingdom;

KGC - collection Kristine Greke, Dzidrinas, Latvia;

NME - Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany;

SMF - Senckenberg Forschungsinstitut und Naturmuse-

um, Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

o $ -#

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Systematic part and new faunal information

The genus Ditropopsis was established by

E.A.Smith (1897) for Ditropopsis papuana and ‘D.

(?) fultoni’. The type species for this genus has

not been fixed in original description, nor by later

authors. Herewith I declare Ditropopsis papuana

E.A.Smith, 1897 as the type species for the genus

Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897.

Fukuda (2000) listed the following subgenera

of Ditropopsis : Ditropopsis s. str., Diaspira Soos,

1911, Ditropiphorus Fukuda, 2000, and Ditropise-

na Iredale, 1933.

Ditropisena is a member of Assimineidae and

was removed from the Cyclophoridae on basis of

genetic relationship and peculiarities in the struc¬

ture of radula (Fukuda, Ponder 2003).

The present author is unfamiliar with the mor¬

phology and anatomy of Ditropiphorus (which cur¬

rently unites Asian mainland species) and conse¬

quently cannot comment on the current position of

this taxon. According to E.A.Smith (1897: 417), this

group differs from Ditropopsis s. str. in having dif¬

ferent operculum, e.g. without median process on

outer side. According to my experience with mate¬

rial of Ditropopsis s. str. from the Papuan biogeo-

graphical region, the outer side of operculum can

be both derivative or primitive (simple). Further

studies should help to clarify the position and valid¬

ity of Ditropiphorus Fukuda, 2000.

In his original description of Diaspira, Soos

(1911: 346) was unsure about the status and valid¬

ity of his new taxon: ‘I regard for the present this in¬

teresting species as representing a distinct genus,

though I am noth [sic!] quite convinced, whether it

does not belong to Ditropopsis E. A. Smith’. The only

different characters from Ditropopsis were given ‘...

its free whorls and its aperture ...’. The operculum

was not described by Soos and remained unknown

untill Wiktor (1998: 9) described and illustrated

them. Despite the very derived operculum in Ditro¬

popsis biroi and the closely related D. mirabilis sp.

nov. (operculum externally with large and broad

median tubular conchiolin process), this character

alone is not enough to keep both genera separate.

In fact, the operculum of several Papuan Ditropop¬

sis are remarkable due to the presence of a median

conchiolin structure of variable shape and size. I

therefore propose a new synonymy below:

Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897

Diaspira Soos, 1911 syn. nov.

The following three new species from the Pap¬

uan region are described and illustrated below as

new to science: Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi sp.

nov., D. mirabilis sp. nov., and D. tritonensis sp.

nov. Additional information and redescriptions of

three other species are presented. Ecological infor¬

mation is given when known.

Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi sp. nov. (Plate 10,

figs 1-5; map 1)

Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Prov. Raja Am pat, distr.

Misool Barat, Lilinta (Lelintah) vill. -13,5 km NW, Biga

vill. -11 km NWW, River Biga valley in the middle of

course, 01°57’49”S, 130°11’10”E, 03.IV.2009, prime¬

val lowland rainforest on limestone, leg. K.Greke [the ho¬

lotype shell is slightly damaged on the top].

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This spe¬

cies is named after f W.S.S. van Benthem Jutting,

a well-known Dutch malacologist who devoted her

life to study of non-marine molluscs of the Indo-

Australian archipelago.

Measurements, holotype: Height 2.5 mm,

width 3.6 mm, operculum diameter 1.0 mm.

Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour

cream. Shell shape low conical. Whorls 5, the first

IV2 - 2 whorls are smooth, following ones reticulat¬

ed with fine and dense radial lines and spiral striae.

Periphery with an extraordinary wide carina. Suture

channelled, partly covered with peripheral carina.

Umbilicus wide (1/3 of the shell diameter). Base

broad, rounded. Aperture circular, channelled at

the spiral carina. Peristome a little thickened, con¬

tinuous, except small fissure in the upper corner.

Inner margin is distinctly broadened, outer one is

projecting before the inner one. Operculum light

brown internally, cream externally; transparent at

the centre. Interior surface of operculum arched,

formed by distinct concentric growth lines. Exterior

surface with long and narrow median tubular non-

pubescent conchiolin process which is hollow in the

middle, slightly widened and not straight distal ly.

Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis papuana

E.A.Smith, 1897 (Indonesian New Guinea: Onin

peninsula) and D. moellendorffi (O.Boettger, 1891)

(Lease Islands: Ambon). D. benthemjuttingi clearly

differs from these two species by the high spire,

presence of a single (peripheral) carina, specific

margin, and operculum bearing long median tubu¬

lar conchiolin process.

Ecology: This species was collected in old

growth lowland dipterocarp rainforest on limestone,

found on the ground in leaf litter on a very wet place.

Distribution: Only known from valley of River

Biga in southern Misool of Raja Ampat Archipelago.

Greke K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region

(plates 9-14)

Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.Smith, 1897 (Plate 9, fig. 1;

Plate 11, figs 1-6; map 1)

Lectotype BMNH [herewith designated from syntypes]:

Ditropopsis Fultoni, Smith 1897 Types Kapaur, New

Guinea 97.7.30.45-6. [handwritten].

Paralectotypes [herewith designated from syntypes]

1 specimen BMNH: same label as in lectotype; 2 speci¬

mens SMF: 128004/2 / W-Neuguinea: Kapaur; W.

Doherty leg. [handwritten].

I select the specimen No. 1897.7.30.45 as the lectotype

and 1897.7.30.46 as paralectotype [shell is damaged in

para lectotype from BMNH - with a little cavity].

Additional material 29 specimens [7 NME, 22 KGC]:

INDONESIA E, West Papua, Onin peninsula, Fak-Fak 40-

42 km NE, between Kokas & Goras vill., 2°43’19”S,

132°37’57”E, 0-10 m, 27.IX.2010, primeval coastal low¬

land rainforest on limestone, leg. K.Greke.

Measurements: Lectotype height 2.4 mm,

width 2.9 mm. Selected adult shells from between

Kokas and Goras, North Onin peninsula: Height

3.8 mm, width 4.3 mm; height 3.7 mm, width 4.7

mm; height 3.6 mm, width 4.3 mm; height 3.5 mm,

width 4.2 mm; height 3.3 mm, width 4.45 mm with

operculum diameter 1.1 mm.

Redescription is based on specimen from KGC

sampled between Kokas and Goras, northern coast

of Onin Peninsula.

Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour

yellowish. Shell shape conical, with open top and

wide umbilicus. Whorls 4%, the first IV2 whorls are

subglobose and smooth, hanging over obliquely to

one side and close umbilical channel at top on 1/5

of its space only. Following whorls are delicately stri¬

ated by radial lines and bear 3 spiral carinae., two

of them acute, strong and constant: one at periph¬

ery covers the suture, the second encircling umbili¬

cal opening. The third carina is on the upper side

of each whorl halfway between suture and periph¬

ery which disappear after IV2 - 2 whorls. Umbilical

channel is wide and open at the top. Base flattened.

Aperture circular, channelled at the spiral carinae.

Peristome quadrangular, simple, very slightly thick¬

ened. Margin slightly broadened. Operculum brown

internally, light cream externally; transparent at the

centre. Interior surface of operculum is arched,

formed by distinct concentric growth lines. Exterior

surface concave, simple.

Variability: In some specimens the peripher¬

al carina is absent. Umbilicus width varies from 1/3

to 1/4 of the shell diameter. Specimen shells from

northern coast of Onin peninsula are generally less

conical and broader. This species is quite variable

in size and proportions of the shell.

Ecology: This species was collected in old

growth lowland rainforest on limestone very close

to the sea (between the seashore and the nearest

limestone rock, -15-20 m from the shore). Speci¬

mens sat on wet base of limestone rock, covered by

green algae (indet.) in dark conditions.

Distribution: Occurs on Onin peninsula in

Indonesian New Guinea and is now recorded both

from the southern and northern coast of the pen¬

insula. It was mentioned from Misool (Benthem

Jutting 1958) and northern coast of New Guinea

(Benthem Jutting 1963), but I am unable to trace

specimens to confirm their identification.

Ditropopsis heterospirifera (Van Benthem Jut¬

ting, 1958) (Plate 12 figs 1-6; map 1)

Material 8 specimens [2 NME, 6 KGC]: INDONESIA E,

Prov. Raja Am pat, distr. Misool Barat, Lilinta (Lelintah)

vill. env., 02°02’54”S, 130°16’19”E, 01.IV.2009, sec¬

ondary moist lowland rainforest on limestone, leaf litter,

leg. K.Greke; 10 specimens [2 NME, 8 KGC]: INDONESIA

E, Prov. Raja Ampat, distr. Misool Barat, Lilinta (Lelintah)

vill. -13,5 km NW, Biga vill. -11 km NWW, River Biga val¬

ley in the middle of course, 01°57’49”S, 130°11’10”E,

03.IV.2009, primeval lowland rainforest on limestone,

leaf litter, leg. K.Greke.

Distribution: Endemic to Misool Island, Raja

Ampat Archipelago.

Ecology: This species was collected both in

secondary and old growth lowland rainforests on

limestone, found in dense leaf litter and on lime¬

stone rocks in low light levels (Fig. 2).

Note: This species was previously only known

by the type series from Waima and Fakal in north¬

ern Misool. This data represents the first record

from the southern part of the island.

Ditropopsis mirabilis sp. nov. (Plate 13, figs 1-7;

map 1)

Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, West Papua, Onin pen¬

insula, Fak-Fak 10 km E, 2°56’32”S, 132°23’0r’E,

Sakartemen vill. 1-4 km W, river Sakartemen valley,

350-450 m, 26.IX.2010, primeval lowland rainforest on

dolomite, leg. K.Greke.

Pa raty pe 1 specimen KGC: same data as in holotype.

Derivatio nominis: Named from Latin ‘mi¬

rabilis’ (miraculous, extraordinary, uncommon), be¬

cause of very specific shape of the spire.

Measurements: Holotype: Height 2.4 mm,

width 2.1 mm. Operculum diameter 0.64 mm.

Paratype: Height 2.1 mm, width 2.0 mm.

Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour

71

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

cream. Shell shape high conical; free whorls form

regular accrescent spiral. Three free whorls, except

13A of the first one. Whorls of the spire are delicate¬

ly but densely striated by radial lines and bear 3

acute spiral carinae: two strongest at the periphery

and third at place of suture. Last and penultimate

whorls diverging by about 30°. Aperture circular,

channelled at the spiral carinae. Peristome dupli¬

cate, slightly thickened. Margin is distinctly broad¬

ened except the narrow columellar part, slightly

prolongate in the palatal part between two most de¬

veloped carinae. Operculum brown; transparent at

the centre. Interior surface of operculum is arched,

formed by distinct concentric growth lines. Exterior

surface with large and broad median tubular non-

pubescent conchiolin process which is empty in the

middle.

Diagnosis: Most close to D. biroi (Soos,

1911) (Papua New Guinea: Madang Province) and

D. spiralis (O.Boettger, 1891) (Lease Islands: Am¬

bon), but clearly differs in having a much higher

spire (whorls diverging by more than 30° but dis¬

tinctly less in both abovementioned species), pres¬

ence of only 3 spiral carinae on non-embryonic

whorls (four or more both in D. biroi and D. spiralis),

and operculum bearing external median tubular

non-pubescent conchiolin process (pubescent in D.

biroi, unknown is or not pubescent in D. spiralis).

D. adesmospira (Moellendorff, 1895) (The Philip¬

pines: Luzon) also looks very similar, but differs in

having only two carinae (peripheral and superior)

on post-embryonic whorls and in width of the shell

which is broader than high.

Ecology: This species was collected in old

growth lowland rainforest on dolomite, found on the

ground in leaf litter in the valley of river between the

riverbed and the rock (Fig. 3).

Distribution: Only known from locus typicus,

valley of river Sakartemen on Onin peninsula E of

Fakfak, Indonesian New Guinea.

Ditropopsis papuana E.A.Smith, 1897 (Plate 9, fig 2)

Lectotype BMNH [herewith designated from syntypes]:

Ditropopsis papuana Smith 1897 Type. Kapaur, New

Guinea 97.7.30.23-4. [handwritten] [the lectotype shell

is slightly damaged - with a little cavity].

Para lectotype 1 specimen BMNH [herewith designat¬

ed from syntypes]: same label as in lectotype.

There are three additional labels by these specimens:

‘Lectotype’, ‘Para lectotype’ and ‘examined on loan by

Dr. R. Ueshima 1994’. The lectotype designation has

never been published before. I select the specimen No.

1897.7.30.23 as the lectotype and 1897.7.30.24 as the

para lectotype.

Measurements, Lectotype: Height 2.5 mm,

width 4.4 mm.

Redescription, lectotype: Shell shiny, trans¬

parent, colour pale brown on the base and middle

whorls with gentle cream top, last whorl and carinae.

Shell shape depressed, low conical. Whorls 4.5, the

first two whorls smooth, almost unsculptured. Fol¬

lowing ones are delicately striated by radial lines

and bear 3 acute spiral carinae: one extraordinary

wide on the periphery covers the suture, the sec¬

ond on the underside is also very wide, the third in

the umbilical channel. Umbilicus wide (more then

1/3 of the shell diameter). Aperture circular, chan¬

nelled at the spiral carinae, slightly curved down.

Peristome pentagular, thickened except the narrow

columellar part. Operculum is possibly lost [it was

not found in either syntype], but is known from the

original description / illustration (Smith 1897: 416

& plate IX, figs 20-23) and redescription published

by Kobelt (1902: 79): ‘Operculum corneum, circu-

lare, extus rufo-fuscum, concavum, parte promi-

nente conica, cava, in medio instructum, subtus

convexum, flavescens, gyros 4-5 exhibens’. Accord¬

ing to the original description and illustration, oper¬

culum of this species is derivative, exteriorly with

bluntly conical median conchiolin process.

Distribution: Occurs on Onin peninsula in

Indonesian New Guinea and is known from locus

typicus only - Fakfak surroundings.

Ditropopsis tritonensis sp. nov. (Plate 14, figs 1-8;

map 1)

Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, West Papua, S Bird’s

Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill. & env.,

3°45’33”S, 134 ° 06’ 11” E, 15-150 m, 11-12.IX.2010,

secondary & primeval rainforest on limestone, leg.

K.Greke [the holotype shell is very slightly damaged on

the top].

Paratypes 26 specimens [4 NME, 5 KGC]: same data

as in holotype; [7 NME, 10 KGC]: INDONESIA E, West

Papua, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay,

Lobo vill. env., 3°45’00”S, 134°05’33”E, 100-250 m,

15.IX.2010, primeval lowland rainforest on limestone,

leg. M.Kalnins.

Derivatio nominis: The name derived from

locus typicus of this new species, Triton Bay in

southern Bird’s Neck of Indonesian Papua.

Measurements: Holotype: Height 2.8 mm,

width 3.1 mm. Paratypes (selected adult shells):

Height 3.2 mm, width 3.55 mm; height 3.0 mm,

width 3.2 mm; height 2.95 mm, width 3.4 mm.

Paratype operculum diameter 1.1 mm.

Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour

72

Greke K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region

(plates 9-14)

yellowish. Apical whorls colourless. Shell shape

conical, with open top and wide umbilicus. Whorls

5, the first IV2 whorls are subglobose, hanging over

obliquely to one side and close umbilical channel

on 1/3 of its space. There is a gap in the middle of

the first whorl. Following 3V2 whorls are striated by

radial lines and bear 4 spiral carinae. Three of them

acute and constant: one strong on periphery covers

the suture, the second (strong, too) encircling um¬

bilical opening, the third one in umbilical channel.

Another carina present on the upper side of each

whorl halfway between suture and periphery and

disappears on the last whorl. Umbilical channel is

wide and open at the top. Base flattened. Aperture

circular, channelled at the spiral carinae. Peristome

cream, pentangular, slightly thickened, with light

brown margin. Operculum is light brown internally,

cream externally; transparent at the centre. Interior

surface of operculum is arched, formed by distinct

concentric growth lines. Exterior surface with nar¬

row median tubular non-pubescent conchiolin pro¬

cess which is hollow in the middle and not straight

distally. As expected adult shells become slightly

decollate.

Variability: In some specimens the gap in

the middle of the first whorl is absent. In this case

embryonic whorls strongly shifted from the central

axis, so size of umbilical opening varies in top view.

Umbilicus width varies from less to more than 1/4

of the shell diameter. This species is quite variable

in size and proportions of the shell.

Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis fultoni

E.A.Smith, 1897 (Indonesian New Guinea: Onin

peninsula, northern coast & Misool), but differs

in higher spire, stronger radial sculpture, quantity

of carinae, and especially in presence of umbilical

carina. Operculum is derived in D. tritonensis but

simple in D. fultoni.

Ecology: This species was collected in old

growth lowland rainforest on limestone, found on

the ground in leaf litter on the basement of Mount

Lecyansir in dark and wet condition (Fig. 1).

Distribution: Only known from locus typicus,

Lobo village surroundings in Triton Bay, southern

Bird’s Neck, Indonesian New Guinea.

Identification key to Ditropopsis from the Papuan region

1 Shell cornucopia-like with whorls (except 1.5-2 embryonic ones) more of less distinctly free . 2

- Shell low or high conical, whorls connected one with another along suture . 4

2 Shell high conical, last and penultimate whorls diverging by about 30°; non-embryonic whorls with 3 spiral cari¬

nae; operculum externally with median tubular conchiolin process which is not pubescent . D. mirabilis

- Shell low conical, last and penultimate whorls diverging by much less than 30°, often almost subparallel; non-

embryonic whorls with 3 or 4 spiral carinae; operculum externally with median tubular conchiolin process which is

pubescent or not pubescent . 3

3 Shell whorls with 4 spiral carinae; operculum externally with bristle of long hairs covering the median tubular pro¬

cess from outside . D. biroi

- Shell whorls with 3 spiral carinae; operculum not pubescent externally [this character was not checked by the

author] . D. spiralis

4 Embryonic whorls are not detached from the shell (no gap between the embryonic whorls and the rest of spire).

Shell very low conical . 5

- Embryonic whorls are detached from the shell (a gap is presented between the embryonic whorls and the rest of

spire). Shell more or less high conical, in D. aenigmatica low conical . 7

5 Shell with only one (peripheral) carina . D. benthemjuttingi

- Shell with more than one carina . 6

6 Shell bicarinate, with one peripheric and one basal carina . D. papuana

- Shell tricarinate, with two peripheric and one basal carina . D. moellendorffi

7 Last whorl with distinct and dense spiral striation, especially on its underside (Plate 11, fig. 3). Peristome with

duplicate and distinctly thickened margin . D. heterospirifera

- Last whorl without distinct and dense striation. Peristome with simple or duplicate margin . 8

8 Last whorl with three or more spiral ridges in umbilical channel. Shell low conical, embryonic whorls more or less

depressed and can be invisible in lateral view . 9

- Last whorl with less than three spiral ridges in umbilical channel. Shell higher conical, embryonic whorls not de¬

pressed and always visible in lateral view . 10

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

9 Last whorl with distinctly visible additional carina between suture and peripheral carina. Shell more flat .

. D. aenigmatica

- Last whorl without additional carina between suture and peripheral carina. Shell comparatively higher .

. D. in genua

10 Operculum externally with narrow median tubular process. Last whorl with one spiral ridge in umbilical channel

. D. tritonensis

- Operculum externally concave, simple. Last whorl without ridges in umbilical channel . D. fultoni

Annotated list of Ditropopsis species

from the Papuan region

Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897

subgenus Ditropopsis s. str.

Type of genus: Ditropopsis papuana E.A.Smith, 1897

[designated in this publication]

Diaspira Soos, 1911 [synonymy proposed in this

publication]

Type of genus: Diaspira biroi Soos, 1911 [mono-

typy]

Ditropopsis aenigmatica (Van Benthem Jutting, 1963)

Reference: Van Benthem Jutting (1963: 680), as Ditro-

pis aenigmatica.

Distribution: Cenderawasih Bay: Biak island.

Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi sp. nov.

Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool.

Ditropopsis biroi (Soos, 1911)

References: Soos (1911: 346), as Diaspira Biroi; Le-

schke (1912a: 144), as Diaspira biroi; (1912b: 73), as

Diaspira biroi; Thiele (1929: 97), as Ditropis (? subgen.

Diaspira ) biroi; Van Benthem Jutting (1963: 679), as Dit¬

ropis biroi; Wiktor (1998: 9), as Ditropis biroi.

Distribution: Papua New Guinea: Madang Province.

Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.Smith, 1897

References: E.A.Smith (1897: 417), as Ditropopsis (?)

Fultoni; Kobelt & Moellendorff (1899: 132), as Ditro¬

pis (Ditropopsis) fultoni; Kobelt (1902: 79), as Ditropis

(Ditropopsis) fultoni; Zilch (1955: 195), as Ditropis (Dit-

ropisena) fultoni; Van Benthem Jutting (1958: 308), as

Ditropis fultoni; (1963: 679), as Ditropis fultoni.

Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin peninsula &

northern coast between Mamberamo river mouth and

Sarmi; Raja Ampat Islands: Misool.

Note: I haven’t opportunity to study specimens from

Misool and the northern coast of New Guinea.

Ditropopsis heterospirifera (Van Benthem Jutting, 1958)

References: Van Benthem Jutting (1958: 309), as Ditro¬

pis heterospirifera; (1963: 680), as Ditropis heterospir¬

ifera.

Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool.

Ditropopsis ingenua (O.Boettger, 1891)

References: O.Boettger (1891: 292), as Ditropis ingen¬

ua; Kobelt (1902: 75), as Ditropis s. str. ingenua; Van

Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis ingenua; Zilch

(1955: 193), as Ditropis s. str. ingenua; Strack (1993:

51-52).

Distribution: Lease Islands: Ambon.

Ditropopsis mirabilis sp. nov.

Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin peninsula.

Ditropopsis moellendorffi (O.Boettger, 1891)

References: O.Boettger (1891: 292), as Ditropis moel-

lendorffi; Kobelt (1902: 76), as Ditropis s. str. Moellen¬

dorffi; Van Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis

moellendorffi; Zilch (1955: 194), as Ditropis s. str. moel¬

lendorffi.

Distribution: Lease Islands: Ambon.

Ditropopsis papuana E.A.Smith, 1897

References: E.A.Smith (1897: 416); Kobelt & Moellen¬

dorff (1899: 132), as Ditropis (Ditropopsis) papuana;

Kobelt (1902: 79), as Ditropis (Ditropopsis) papuana;

Van Benthem Jutting (1963: 679), as Ditropis papuana.

Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin peninsula.

Ditropopsis spiralis (O.Boettger, 1891)

References: O.Boettger (1891: 293), as Ditropis spi¬

ralis; Kobelt (1902: 78), as Ditropis s. str. spiralis; Van

Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis spiralis; Zilch

(1955: 194), as Ditropis s. str. spiralis.

Distribution: Lease Islands: Haruku.

Ditropopsis tritonensis sp. nov.

Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: southern Bird’s

Neck, Triton Bay.

Acknowledgements

The author is very grateful to Jonathan Ablett

(BMNH) and Dr. Ronald Janssen (SMF) for the kind¬

ly assistance with the very important type material

74

Greke K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region

(plates 9-14)

and help in producing photographs of type speci¬

mens stored in the SMF. The author is very obliged

to Dr. Katrin Schniebs (Museum of Zoology, Senck-

enberg Natural History Collections Dresden, DE)

and M.Sc. Matthias Hartmann (NME) for assistance

with specific publications. Dr. Dmitry Telnov (The

Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) is thanked for

preparing colour photographs of specimens. M.Sc.

Martins Kalnins (Nature protection board, Sigulda,

Latvia) as also D. Telnov are acknowledged for the

assistance in sampling specimens on Misool and

New Guinea. M.Sc. Darren J.Mann (Oxford Univer¬

sity Museum of Natural History, U.K.) is thanked for

assistance with proof reading.

References

Benthem Jutting W.S.S. van 1953. Annotated list of the

non-marine Mollusca of the Moluccan islands Am¬

bon, Haruku, Saparua and Nusa Laut. - Treubia

22, No. 2: 275-318.

Benthem Jutting W.S.S. van 1958. Non-marine Mollusca

of the island of Misool. - Nova Guinea (New Series)

9: 293-338.

Benthem Jutting W.S.S. van 1963. Non-marine Mol¬

lusca of West New Guinea. Part 2, Operculate land

shells. - Nova Guinea, Zoology 23: 653-726, pis.

XXVII-XXX.

Boettger 0. 1891. Ad. Stru bell’s Konchylien a us Java II

und von den Molukken. - Bericht der Senckenber-

gischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Frank¬

furt a.M. 1891: 241-318, pis. 3-4.

Fukuda H. 2000. A new replacement name for Ditropis

Blanford, 1869 (non Kirschbaum, 1868) (Gastrop¬

oda, Architaenioglossa, Cyclophoridae). - Basteria

64, No. 1/3: 1-2.

Fukuda H., Ponder W.F. 2003. Australian freshwater

assimineids, with a synopsis of the recent genus-

group taxa of the Assimineidae (Mollusca: Caeno-

gastropoda: Rissooidea). - Journal of Natural His¬

tory 37, No. 16: 1977-2032.

Kobelt W., 1902. Cyclophoridae. In: Kobelt W. (ed.)

Das Tierreich. Eine Zusammenstellung und Kenn-

zeichnung der rezenten Tierformen 16. Berlin,

R.Friedlander und Sohn: l-XXXIX + 1-662 + 110 figs.

Kobelt W., Moellendorff 0. von 1899. Kata log der gegen-

wartig lebend bekannten Pneumonopomen. Nach-

trage und Berichtigunegen. - Nachrichtenblatt der

Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 31,

No. 9/10: 1-140.

Leschke M. 1912a. Mollusken der Hamburger Siidsee-

Expedition 1908/09. (Admiralitatsinsel, Bismarck-

arch i pel, Deutsch-Neugiunea). - Mitteilungen aus

dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 29

(1911): 89-172, 1 pi.

Leschke M. 1912b. Mollusca (mit Einschluss der Soleno-

gastren und Polyplacophoren) fur 1911 (Faunistik,

Systematik, Biologie). - Archiv fur Naturgeschichte

78, No. 11: 24-91.

Smith E.A. 1897. On a collection of land-shells from New

Guinea. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural His¬

tory 20, No. 6: 409-420, pi. 9.

Soos L. 1911. On a collection of land shells from New

Guinea and adjacent islands. - Annales Musei Na-

tionalis hungarici 9: 345-356.

Strack H.L. 1993. Results of the Rumphius Biohistorical

expedition to Ambon (1990). Part 1. General ac¬

count and list of stations. - Zoologische Verhande-

lingen Leiden 289: 1-72, pis. 1-4.

Thiele J. 1929-1931. Handbuch der systematischen

Weichtierkunde. Volume 1. Jena, Gustav Fischer:

778 pp.

Wiktor A. 1998. Terrestrial gastropods of the province

of Madang in Papua New Guinea. I. Terrestrial Pro-

sobranchia. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 127, No.

1/2: 1-20.

Zilch A. 1955. Die Typen und Typoide des Natur-M use-

urns Senckenberg, 15: Mollusca, Cyclophoridae,

Cyclophorinae - Cyclophoreae (2). - Archiv fur Mol¬

luskenkunde 84, No. 4/6: 183-210.

Received: 10 May 2011

Accepted: 30 May 2011

Figure 1. Old growth lowland and lower montane rain¬

forest at basement and on slopes of Mt. Lecyansir near

Lobo village (Indonesian New Guinea) - habitat of Di¬

tropopsis tritonensis sp. nov. (photo: K.Greke).

75

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Figure 2. Secondary lowland rainforest on limestone Figure 3. Valley of River Sakartemen on southern coast

near Lilinta village on southern Misool (Raja Ampat Ar- of Onin peninsula (Indonesian New Guinea) - locality of

chipelago) - habitat of Ditropopsis heterospirifera (Van Ditropopsis mirabilis sp. nov. (photo: K.Greke).

Benthem Jutting, 1958) (photo: M.Kalnins).

Upper triangle - D. benthemjuttingi sp. nov.; both triangles - D. heterospirifera (Van Benthem Jutting, 1958);

circle - D. fultoni E.A.Smith, 1897; cross - D. mirabilis sp. nov.; rhomb - D. tritonensis sp. nov.

76

i

—7

Greke K.: First record of the genus Ferrissia Walker, 1903 (Gastropoda: Planorbidae) from the Papuan region

(plate 15)

First record of the genus Ferrissia Walker, 1903

(Gastropoda: Planorbidae) from the Papuan region

Kristine Greke

Stopinu novads, Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Latvia; k.greke@gmail.com

Abstract: The freshwater limpet genus Ferrissia Walker, 1903 is widely distributed over the globe with one species,

F. fragilis (Tryon, 1863), being near-cosmopolitan. Species of this genus are known both from temperate and tropical

latitudes. Not a single record of Ferrissia has been previously known from the Papuan region and New Guinea de¬

spite several species of this genus known from surrounding areas. The first known record of Ferrissia from southern

Bird’s Neck of New Guinea incorporates the World’s second largest island into the distribution range of the genus.

Keywords: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Planorbidae, Ferrissia, New Guinea, Papuan region.

Introduction

Tiny freshwater limpets of the genus Ferrissia

Walker, 1903 are among the well-known puzzles in

recent biogeography and systematics of molluscs,

because of the rapid cryptic invasion of North

American species F. fragilis (Tyron, 1863) and its

species-complex to Eurasia. Only with the help of

modern molecular phylogenetics it was possible

to clarify the systematic position of numerous spe¬

cies, subspecies and lover rank taxa of Ferrissia

described from around the World (Walther et al.

2006; 2010; Son 2007).

Instead of being a popular object of gene se¬

quencing and, as result, sampled and studied in¬

tensively in Europe and the U.S.A., faunal records of

Ferrissia from the Papuan biogeographical region

(sensu lato) and New Guinea were absent. The dis¬

covery of a population of Ferrissia sp. in southern

Bird’s Neck of Indonesian Papua finally gives us

possibilities to clarify the origin of Australian and

Papuan freshwater limpet faunas and to recon¬

struct possible ways of Ferrissia diversification in

this part of the globe.

Material and Methods

All specimens described below were collected

by hand and are preserved in 70% ethanol. Speci¬

mens were studied using a Leica S6D stereomicro¬

scope. Specimen photographs were taken using a

Canon EOS 450D SLR camera attached to the mi-

© jft

croscope, and CombineZP software was used for

image stacking. Mitochondrial DNA was used for

preliminary genetic analysis.

New faunal information

Ferrissia sp.

Material: About 100 specimens (among them 10 spec¬

imens stored in Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany):

Indonesia E, West Papua, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 35-40

km E, Triton Bay, River Lengguru valley upriver from Oray

vill., 3°43’26”S, 134°06’06”E, 9-30 m, 13.IX.2010,

pond in primeval lowland rainforest on limestone, leg.

K.Greke.

Additional information to sampling lo¬

cality: Specimens sat on surface of the large rot¬

ten leaves fallen into the water on depth 5-20 cm.

Water temperature +26 ° C at the midday time.

Taxonomical and phylogenetic notes:

Interestingly, it seems to be impossible to assign

the New Guinean specimens to any of hitherto de¬

scribed species of Ferrissia Walker, 1903. A pre¬

liminary genetic analysis resulted in a sister rela¬

tionship of the New Guinean specimens to a [also

hitherto indet.] North Australian samples of Ferris¬

sia sp. (subgenus Pettancylus Iredale, 1943) with

a genetic distance of approximately 5% in the mi¬

tochondrial cytochrome c oxidase I gene fragment.

In turn, the clade containing the New Guinean and

Australian specimens shows a sister relationship to

the species-complex of the near-cosmopolitan Fer-

77

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

rissia fragilis (Tryon, 1863).

I decide to hold the description of a new spe¬

cies until more complete phylogenetic studies will

be done for the genus Ferrissia, which are now in

progress (Albrecht, pers. comm.).

Distribution: Several species of Ferrissia

are known from areas around New Guinea, like

Sulawesi, the Philippines, Australia and Tasmania.

This is the first record of the genus Ferrissia from

the island of New Guinea and the Papuan biogeo-

graphical region sensu lato (including the Moluc-

can Archipelago, Raja Ampat Islands and Solomon

Islands). It fills a large gap in distribution of this

cosmopolitan genus and herewith opens a way of

solving some questions in Wallacean biogeography.

Acknowledgements

For valuable comments and assistance with

DNA analysis, I sincerely thank my dear colleague

and friend Dr. Christian Albrecht (Department of

Animal Ecology & Systematics, Justus Liebig Uni¬

versity, GieBen, DE). I am also grateful to Dr. Dmitry

Telnov (The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga)

for preparing photographs of specimens.

References

Son M.O. 2007. North American freshwater limpet Fer¬

rissia fragilis (Tryon, 1863) (Gastropoda: Planorbi-

dae) - a cryptic invader in the Northern Black Sea

Region. - Aquatic Invasions 2, No. 1 : 55-58.

Walther C.A., Lee T., Burch J.B., O’Foighil D. 2006. Con¬

firmation that the North American ancylid Ferrissia

fragilis (Tryon, 1863) is a cryptic invader of Europe¬

an and East Asian freshwater ecosystems. - Jour¬

nal of Molluscan Studies 72, No. 3: 318-321.

Walther A.C., Burch J.B., 6 Foighil D. 2010. Molecular

phylogenetic revision of the freshwater limpet ge¬

nus Ferrissia (Planorbidae: Ancylinae) in North

America yields two species: Ferrissia (Ferrissia)

rivularis and Ferrissia (Kincaidilla) fragilis. - Mala-

cologia 53, No. 1: 25-45.

Received: 29 April , 2011

Accepted: 15 May , 2011

3

Figures 1-3. Ferrissia sp. specimens from southern Bird’s Neck, Indonesian New Guinea.

1: shell (dorsal view); 2: shell and soft body (ventral view); 3: shell (lateral view).

i

9

78

Hava J.: Key to species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera) recorded from the island of New Guinea

Key to species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera)

recorded from the island of New Guinea

Jim Hava

Private Entomological Laboratory and Collection, Ryznerova 37/37, CZ-252 62, Unetice u Prahy, Praha-

zapad, Czech Republic; jh.dermestidae@volny.cz

Abstract: Species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera) known from Papua New Guinea and Indonesian Papua were keyed.

Two new records from Papua New Guinea - Anthrenus (s. str.) oceanicus Fauvel, 1903 and Evorinea iota (Arrow,

1915) - were presented.

Keywords: Coleoptera, Dermestidae, New Guinea, faunistics, identification key, checklist.

Introduction

The family Dermestidae contains about

1400 species and subspecies worldwide (Hava

2003; 2010). From New Guinea (both Papua New

Guinea and Indonesian Papua), 13 species are

known, including two new records presented in this

publication.

Dermestid larvae feed mainly on animal

substances, but a few are able to live partly

or completely on plant substances. Although

sometimes found in numbers on vegetable

material, they may be feeding also on dead insects.

In the wilde dermestids may occur in and around

webs of spiders and caterpillars, in nests of social

insects, as also mammals and birds, on carrions or

under tree bark. Rarely, imago are being observed

in the very same habitats with their larvae and also

feed on the same substances. But in most cases

imago do not feed at all or, if they have access to

flowering plants, they may feed on pollen and nectar

(facultative anthophyly). Some dermestid species

occurs in natural habitats only, other species live

partly in the wild and partly synanthropic.

Recently, Hava (2004) published key to World

genera and subgenera family Dermestidae. But

according to Lawrence & Slipinski (2005) and

Kiselyova & McHugh (2006) cladistic-based analysis

of higher range taxa within the family Dermestidae,

six subfamilies should be recognized: Dermestinae

(including Marioutinae), Thorictinae, Trinodinae

(including Thylodriinae), Orphilinae, Attageninae,

and Megatominae.

Key to the species

Below an original identification key to species of

Dermestidae recorded from New Guinea is presented

for the first time.

1 Median ocellus on front absent . 2

- Median ocellus on front present . 3

2 Abdominal sternites with black and white pubescence (Fig. 1); apex of each elytron with a tooth .

. Dermestes (Dermestinus) maculatus

- Abdominal sternites with unicolorous pubescence, cuticle bicolorous, brown with black spots (Fig. 2) .

. Dermestes (s. str.) ater

3 Pronotum with strong raised ridge near side margin in basal half; antennal club 1-2 segmented; body covered by

very long, erected setation . Evorinea iota

- Pronotum without strong raised ridge nearside margin in basal half . 4

4 Prosternum not forming a „collar“, therefore mouth parts free; hypomeron without a distinct antennal cavity . 5

- Prosternum forming a , collar1 2 3 4 5, underwhich mouthparts fit when head is retracted; hypomeron with a distinct

antennal cavity . 6

5 Body robust, dark brown to black with elytra I, small, spots of grey pubescence .

. Attagenus ( Aethriostoma ) irroratus

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

- Body small, light brown with elytral, transverse fasciae and spots of yellowish pubescence .

. Attagenus (Aethriostoma) undulatus

6 Dorsal and ventral surfaces covered by flat scales . 7

- Dorsal and ventral surface covered by pubescence . 8

7 Each elytron covered by yellowish-orange scales with more white, small spots of white scales .

. Anthrenus (s. str.) flavipes flavipes

- Each elytron with broad, transverse fasciae of white scales . Anthrenus (s. str.) oceanicus

8 Body usually broad. Apical antennal segment oval or circular and broader . 9

- Body oval. Antennal club composed of three segments, terminal segment narrow . Anthrenocerus australis

9 Antennal club composed of two segments . 10

- Antennal club composed of three segments . 12

10 Each elytron with single transverse orange-reddish fascia and apical spot . 11

- Each elytron with more than one reddish spot and fascia . Orphinus testaceipes

11 Apical spot very large, transverse elytral fascia broad . Orphinus biroi

- Apical spot small, transverse elytral fascia narrow . Orphinus fasciatus

12 Pubescence on dorsal and ventral surface black and light blue. Blue pubescence is forming one large median

spot on each elytron . Thaumagiossa boana

- Pubescence on dorsal and ventral surface grey. Grey pubescence is forming transverse fasciae on each elytron ..

. Thaumagiossa nigricans

New records of Dermestidae from New Guinea

Anthrenus (s. str.) oceanicus Fauvel, 1903 (Fig. 3)

Material examined: Papua New Guinea,

Wau, 4000 ft., 30.vi.1974, 2 exx., J. Hava det. et

coll.

Distribution: Species known from Europe

(introduced): Czech Republic, England, Africa

(introduced): Congo, Egypt, Mauritius, Nigeria, North

America: Hawaiian Is., Asia: China: Guangdong,

India: Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Indonesia:

Java, Madura, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,

Taiwan, Australia, New Caledonia. First record from

Papua New Guinea.

Evorinea iota (Arrow, 1915)

Material examined: Papua New Guinea,

Wau, 4000 ft., 30.vi.1974, 1 male., J. Hava det. et

coll.

Distribution: Species known from Japan,

Reunion, Philippines, Sumatra, Taiwan, Thailand,

Vietnam, Caroline Is., West Papua, Kiribati (Gilbert

Is.), Mariana Is., Palau, Ponape, Tanimbar Is.,

Tonga, Truk. First record from Papua New Guinea.

List of Dermestidae from New Guinea

All species of Dermestidae previously recorded

from New Guinea are listed alphabetically (table 1).

Table 1. Annotated checklist of Dermestidae from New Guinea.

80

9

Hava J.: Key to species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera) recorded from the island of New Guinea

Acknowledgements

I am obliged very much to Dr. Dmitry Telnov

(The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) for

valuable comments, grammatical revision and

for reading the manuscript and to Andreas

Herrmann (Eisenhuttenstadt, DE) for preparing the

photographs.

References

Hava J. 2003: World Catalogue of the Dermestidae

(Coleoptera). - Studie a Zpravy Oblastnfho Muzea

Praha-vychod v Brandyse nad Labem a Stare

Boleslavi, Supplementum 1: 196 pp.

Hava J. 2004. World keys to the genera and subgenera

of Dermestidae (Coleoptera), with descriptions,

nomenclature and distributional records. - Acta

Musei Nationalis Pragae, Series 8, Natural History

60: 149-164.

Hava J. 2010. Catalogue of Dermestidae World

(Coleoptera). Permanent World Wide Web electronic

o

publication (opened in 2004) http://www.

dermestidae.wz.cz [last accessed: 15.2.2011].

Kiselyova T., McHugh J. 2006. A phylogenetic study

of Dermestidae (Coleoptera) based on larval

morphology. - Systematic Entomology 31: 469-

507.

Lawrence J.F., Slipinski A. 2005. Three new genera of

Indo-Australian Dermestidae (Coleoptera) and

their phylogenetic significance. - Invertebrate

Systematics 19: 231-261.

Received: 02 April , 2011

Accepted: 15 April , 2011

81

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

1

Figure 1. Abdominal stern ites of Dermestes ( Dermestinus ) maculatus DeGeer, 1774.

Figure 2. Abdominal sternites of Dermestes (s. str.) ater DeGeer, 1774.

2

Figure 3. Flabitus of Anthrenus (s. str.) oceanicus Fauvel, 1903.

*=*•— 19 — 1

82

Kalashian M.Yu.: New species of Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Sulawesi, Indonesia

(plate 16)

New species of Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Coleoptera:

Buprestidae) from Sulawesi, Indonesia

Mark Yu. Kalashian

Scientific Center of Zoology and Hydroecology, National Academy of Sciences of Armenia, P.Sevak

Street 7, 375014, Yerevan, Armenia; mkalashian@yahoo.com

Abstract: Endelus (s. str.) barclayi sp. nov., £ (s. str.) splendens sp. nov., and £ (s. str.) nairaarum sp. nov. all from

Sulawesi (Indonesia) are described and figured. The new species belong to the £ marseulii Deyrolle, 1864 species-

group, established in this paper. A key to species of this group is provided including £ scintillans Deyrolle, 1864 and

£ lunatus Fisher, 1921.

Keywords: Coleoptera: Buprestidae, Sulawesi, Endelus (s. str.) barclayi sp. nov., Endelus (s. str.) splendens sp. nov.,

Endelus (s. str.) nairaarum sp. nov., Endelus (s. str.) marseulii Deyrolle, 1864, new species-group.

Introduction

The present paper is continuing my studies

of the genus Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Kalashian

1995; 1997; 1999a & b; 2007) and is dedicated

to description of three new species from Sulawesi,

Indonesia. The new species by their body shape,

structure of head and pronotum and especially by

characteristic color pattern of elytra are forming

species-group together with the species described

earlier from Sunda and Philippine Islands -

£. marseulii Deyrolle, 1864 (= £. modiglianii

Kerremans, 1896, synonymy was established in

Thery 1932), £ scintillans Deyrolle, 1864 and £.

lunatus Fisher, 1921.

Material studied is deposited in the following

collections:

BMNFI - The Natural History Museum, London, United

Kingdom;

EJCB - Collection EJendek, Bratislava, Slovakia;

MKCY - Collection M. Kalashian, Yerevan, Armenia;

NMPC - Narodnf Muzeum v Praze, Prague, Czech

Republic;

VKCB - Collection V.Kubah, Brno, Czech Republic.

Species-group Endelus (s. str.) marseulii gr. nov.

Body rather robust or moderately elongate,

2. 0-2.4 times as long as wide, head large, distinctly

widened anteriorly, eyes strongly convex, rounded

or angularly projected in dorsal aspect, oculofrontal

bords obtuse-angled, concavity of frontovertex

shallow. Pronotum distinctly wider posteriorly than

anteriorly, slightly narrower than elytra I base, disc

with slightly separated transversal elevation. Elytra

with distinct humeral tubercles, slightly adpressed

medially of tubercles. Coloration more or less

brightly metallic, with characteristic pattern of

spots and bands as in plate 16, figs 1-6.

By the presence of slightly pronounced

elevation on pronotum and moderately elongate

body to the species of the group some similarity

shows £. weyersi Ritsema, 1888 and its relative

species (£. quadraticollis Kerremans, 1894, £

brianthi Thery, 1932). These species can be easily

distinguished by less projected eyes, by the shape

of pronotum with anterior and posterior margins

subequal in length, by pronotum distinctly narrower

than elytral base, and by unicolorous elytra without

any pattern.

Descriptions of new taxa

Endelus (s. str.) barclayi sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig. 1)

Holotype $ INDONESIA, SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-

Bone N.P., February 1985/ Fog 3, 315 m. 8.N.85 BMNFI

Plot B/ R.Ent.Soc.Lond., PROJECT WALLACE, B.M. 1985-

10 (BMNFI).

Paratypes 3 specimens: 1$ INDONESIA, SULAWESI

UTARA, Dumoga-Bone N.P., November 1985/ Malaise

trap/ lowland forest ca 200 m/ R.Ent.Soc.Lond.,

PROJECT WALLACE, B.M. 1985-10 (BMNH); 1$ the

same data, but March 1985 (MKCY); 1$ the same data,

but April 1985 (BMNH).

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

Derivatio nominis: The new species is

dedicated to M.Sc. Maxwell V.L. Barclay, Head

Curator, Coleoptera Department of Entomology of

BMNH, with my deepest gratitude and respect.

Distribution: Sulawesi (Indonesia).

Description: Body rather robust, 2.05-2.10

times as long as wide, moderately convex, dark

bronzy with more or less distinct greenish reflection

on sides of pronotum, elytra dark violet-blue with

3 pairs of bluish-green spots of moderate size -

rounded near humeri and at the level of posterior

1/4, and slightly obliquely transversal near middle,

elytral apex slightly brightened. Surface shiny,

without shagreen except of microreticulated silky

lustrous elytral spots. Body length 3.12-3.50 mm,

width - 1.52-1.70 mm.

Figures 1-2. Endelus (s. str.) spp., male genitalia. 1 - E.

(s. str.) barclayi sp. nov. (holotype BMNH); 2 - E. (s. str.)

splendens sp. nov. (paratype MKCY) [Scale bar 0.5 mm].

Head large, enlarged anteriorly, slightly wider

than anterior margin of pronotum, frontovertex

slightly arcuately concave, oculofrontal bords

widely obtuse-angled, rounded, eyes angularly

projected from head outline. Clypeus slightly

transversely triangular with anterior margin nearly

straight, separated from frons by deep bisinuate

groove which continues laterally behind the strong

keels edged antennal cavities. Frons strongly

widened posteriorly, with thin medial longitudinal

groove. Surface with rather big but very superficial

and sparse punctures. Antennae serrate from

antennomere 5 which is distinctly longitudinal,

antennomere 6 nearly equilateral, following

moderately transversal.

Pronotum 2. 3-2. 4 times as wide as long, widest

between middle and posterior 1/3. Anterior margin

slightly bisinuate, laterally edged with indistinct

groove, sides widely slightly irregularly arcuate,

weakly serrate, fringed with thin groove, posterior

margin strongly bisinuate with wide medial lobe

nearly straight cut posteriorly. Pronotum with wide

transversal elevation on disk, flattened along

sides and slightly adpressed along posterior

margin. Surface with rather big superficial irregular

punctures laterally and basally, middle portion

with sparse small punctures. Scutellum nearly

equilaterally triangular.

Elytra approximately 1.6 times as long as

wide, widest behind humeri, slightly and nearly

straight narrowed towards approximately middle,

then stronger and very weakly convexly narrowed

to slightly irregularly arcuate apex. Elytra convex,

narrowly flattened along sides behind humeri in

anterior 1/3, transversely adpressed medially

of humeral tubercles. Elytral sides very weakly

serrate, fringed with thin groove reaching the level

of posterior pair of spots. Surface with small distinct

irregular punctures slightly smoothed posteriorly.

Prosternal process with dense large and

rough transversal punctures, middle portion of

metasternum anteriorly (before metasternal suture)

with very rough short arc-shaped transversal

wrinkles, behind suture with deep rasp-shaped

punctures medially, sides of sternum and anterior

half of first visible abdominal sternite (actually,

fused sternites 3 and 4) with long oblique wrinkles,

posteriorly abdomen with strongly smoothed and

nearly indistinct transversal sinuous wrinkles. Anal

sternite rounded distally in both sexes.

Male genitalia as in fig. 1.

Sexual dimorphism: Sexual dimorphism

very slightly pronounced in the structure of

abdomen which is weakly more convex in female

than in male.

Differential diagnose: see key below.

Endelus (s. str.) splendens sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig. 3)

Holotype, S S Sulawesi, 38 km SE Pendolo vill. (pass),

120.46.55E, 2.14035S, 17 July 1999, 1200 m, Bolm

leg. (VKCB).

Paratypes 8 specimens: 3$, 1$ same data (NMPC,

EJCB, MKCY); 3$ INDONESIA, SULAWESI UTARA,

Kalashian M.Yu.: New species of Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Sulawesi, Indonesia

(plate 16)

Dumoga-Bone N.P., 26. iv- 7 June 1985/ Malaise trap/

Edwards camp, ca 680m/ R.Ent.Soc.Lond., PROJECT

WALLACE, B.M. 1985-10 (BMNH, MKCY); 1$ INDONESIA,

SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-Bone N.P., May 1985/

Malaise trap / G. Mogogonipa, summit, 1008 m/ R.Ent.

Soc.Lond., PROJECT WALLACE, B.M. 1985-10 (BMNH).

Derivatio nominis: The name is derived

from Latin “splendeo” - “shiny”, “splendid” to stress

bright and shiny coloration of the new species

Distribution: Sulawesi (Indonesia).

Description: Body moderately elongate,

2.25-2.40 times as long as wide, moderately

convex, nearly black with bluish or violet reflection

more pronounced on elytra, pronotum with small

longitudinal bluish-green spots laterally, elytra with

bluish-green pattern of two pairs of rather small

slightly irregularly round spots on humeral tubercles

and apically, narrow band widely interrupted near

suture approximately at middle and pair of large

oblique spots between posterior 1/4 and apical

spots. Surface shiny, without shagreen except of

microreticulated silky lustrous elytra I spots and

band. Body length 3. 0-3. 7 mm, width - 1.25-1.50

mm.

Head large, enlarged anteriorly, distinctly wider

th a n a nte r i o r m a rgi n of p ro n otu m , f ro ntove rtex rath e r

distinctly nearly triangularly concave, oculofrontal

bords moderately obtuse-angled, rounded, eyes

angularly projected from head outline. Clypeus

transversely triangular with anterior margin slightly

arcuately emarginated, frons with pair of deep

postclypeal foveae and pair of indistinct transversal

grooves laterally behind strong keels of antennal

cavities. Frons distinctly widened posteriorly, with

thin medial longitudinal groove bearing deep very

small fovea at the level of posterior 1/4 of eyes.

Frons with indistinct traces of puntures, vertex

with sparse very superficial punctures of moderate

size. Antennae serrate from antennomere 5 which

is distinctly longitudinal, antennomere 6 nearly

equilateral, following moderately transversal.

Pronotum 2.05-2.25 times as wide as long,

widest in posterior 1/3-1/4. Anterior margin very

weakly bisinuate, sides slightly angularly irregularly

arcuate, weakly serrate, fringed with thin groove,

posterior margin strongly bisinuate with wide medial

lobe very slightly emarginated in front of scutellum.

Pronotum with wide transversal elevation on disk,

flattened along sides and slightly adpressed along

posterior margin. Surface with few bigflat punctures

medially partially fused into short irregular wrinkles.

Scutellum equilaterally triangular.

Elytra 1.7-1.8 times as long as wide, widest

just behind humeri, slightly and very weakly

sinuately narrowed towards approximately middle,

then stronger and very weakly convexly narrowed

to slightly irregularly arcuate apex. Elytra convex,

narrowly flattened along sides behind humeri

in anterior 1/3, slightly transversely adpressed

medially of humeral tubercles. Elytral sides very

weakly serrate, fringed with thin groove reaching

the level of middle of posterior pair of spots. Surface

with small rather distinct irregular punctures slightly

smoothed posteriorly.

Prosternal process and middle portion of

metasternum anteriorly (before metasternal suture)

with very rough sinuous transversal wrinkles, behind

suture metasternum with moderately deep hyphen¬

shaped punctures medially, sides of sternum and

whole surface of first visible abdominal sternite

(actually, fused sternites 3 and 4) with long oblique

wrinkles, following sternites with strongly smoothed

and nearly indistinct transversal sinuous wrinkles.

Anal sternite rounded distal ly in both sexes.

Male genitalia as in fig. 2.

Sexual dimorphism: Sexual dimorphism

very slightly pronounced in the structure of

abdomen which is weakly more convex in female

than in male.

Differential diagnose: see key below.

Endelus (s. str.) nairaarum sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig.

2)

Holotype $ INDONESIA, SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-

Bone N.P., November 1985/ Malaise trap / G.

Mogogonipa, summit, 1008 m/ R.Ent.Soc.Lond.,

PROJECT WALLACE, B.M. 1985-10 (BMNH).

Paratype 1$ same data but May, 1985 (MKCY).

Derivatio nominis. The new species is

dedicated to my wife, Mrs. Naira Manukyan, and to

my good friend, Mrs. Naira Ayvazyan, with gratitude

and respect for their help and understanding.

Distribution: Sulawesi (Indonesia).

Description: Body moderately elongate,

2.30-2.35 times as long as wide, moderately

convex, golden-green, elytra dark violet-blue with

golden-green pattern of pair of large spots on

humeri, two bands near middle and posterior 1/4

widely interrupted near suture, and pair of small

indistinct spots apically. Surface shiny, without

shagreen except of microreticulated silky lustrous

elytral spots and bands. Body length 3.50-3.53

mm, width - 1.50-1.53 mm.

Head large, enlarged anteriorly, wider than

anterior margin of pronotum, frontovertex slightly

arcuately concave, oculofrontal bords moderately

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

obtuse-angled, rounded, eyes angularly projected

from head outline. Clypeus transversely triangular

with anterior margin slightly arcuately emarginated,

separated from frons by deep bisinuate groove

which continues laterally behind the medial half

of strong keels edged antennal cavities, besides,

frons with pair of transversal grooves behind

lateral 1/3 of these keels. Frons strongly widened

posteriorly, with thin medial longitudinal groove.

Frons with few big rounded superficial punctures,

on vertex punctures denser, flat but rather distinct.

Antennae serrate from antennomere 5 which is

moderately longitudinal, antennomer 6 slightly,

following moderately transversal.

Pronotum 2.25-2.35 times as wide as long,

widest near posterior 1/4. Anterior margin slightly

bisinuate, laterally edged with indistinct groove,

sides widely slightly irregularly arcuate, weakly

serrate, fringed with thin groove, posterior margin

strongly bisinuate with wide medial lobe slightly

emarginated in front of scutellum. Pronotum with

wide transversal elevation on disk, flattened along

sides and slightly adpressed along posterior margin.

Surface with rather numerous big flat punctures

partially fused into sinuous irregular wrinkles

medially. Scutellum slightly transversely triangular,

nearly straight cut posteriorly.

Elytra approximately 1.75-1.80 times as long

as wide, widestjust behind humeri, slightly and very

weakly sinuately narrowed towards approximately

middle, then stronger and very weakly convexly

narrowed to slightly irregularly arcuate apex. Elytra

convex, narrowly flattened along sides behind

humeri in anterior 1/3, very slightly transversely

adpressed medially of humeral tubercles. Elytral

sides very weakly serrate, fringed with thin groove

reaching the level of middle of posterior colored

band. Surface with small dense distinct irregular

punctures slightly smoothed posteriorly.

Prosternal process and middle portion of

metasternum anteriorly (before metasternal suture)

with rather rough and short sinuous transversal

wrinkles, behind suture metasternum with

moderately deep rasp-shaped punctures medially,

sides of sternum and whole surface of first visible

abdominal sternite (actually, fused sternites 3 and

4) with long oblique wrinkles, followingsternites with

strongly smoothed and nearly indistinct transversal

sinuous wrinkles. Anal sternite in female rounded

distal ly. Male is unknown.

Sexual dimorphism: Not determined yet.

Differential diagnose: see key below.

Key to the species of Endelus (s. str.) marseuli species group

1 Eyes rounded in dorsal aspect (Plate 16, figs 5-6) . 2

- Eyes angularly projected from head outline in dorsal aspect. (Figs 1-4). Species from Sulawesi . 3

2 Body more elongate, 2.3 times as long as wide, elytra 1.75 times as long as wide. Punctuation of head and

pronotum denser and more distinct. 3.0 mm. The Philippines: Negros .

. Endelus lunatus Fisher, 1921 (Plate 16, fig. 5)

- Body more robust, 2. 0-2. 2 times as long as wide, elytra 1.50-1.65 times as long as wide. Punctuation of head and

pronotum sparser and less distinct. 3.25-3.45 mm. Borneo, Sumatra and Mentawei Islands .

. Endelus marseulii Deyrolle, 1864 (Plate 16, fig. 6)

3 Oculofrontal bord very obtuse-angled, frontovertex very slightly concave. Background coloration of body golden-

yellow, with very slight greenish or reddish reflection. 3. 6-3.8 mm .

. Endelus scintillans Deyrolle, 1864 (Plate 16, fig. 4)

- Oculofrontal bord less obtuse-angled, concavity of frontovertex deeper. Background coloration of body darker,

golden-green, dark bronzy with greenish reflection or nearly black with bluish or violet reflection . 4

4 Body more robust, 2.05-2.10 times as long as wide, elytra 1.6 times as long as wide. Body dark bronzy with more

or less distinct greenish reflection on sides of pronotum, elytra dark violet-blue with 3 pairs of bluish-green spots of

moderate size - rounded near humeri and at the level of posterior 1/4, and slightly obliquely transversal near middle.

3.12-3.5 mm . Endelus barclayi sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig. 1)

- Body more elongate, 2.25-2.40 times as long as wide, elytra 1.7-1.8 as long as wide . 5

5 Body nearly black with bluish or violet reflection more pronounced on elytra, elytra with bluish-green pattern of

two pairs of rather small slightly irregularly round spots on humeral tubercles and apically, narrow band widely

interrupted near suture approximately at middle and pair of large oblique spots between posterior 1/4 and apical

spots. Frons with indistinct traces of punctures, vertex with sparse very superficial punctures of moderate size. 3.0-

3.7 mm . Endelus splendens sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig. 3)

86

9

Kalashian M.Yu.: New species of Endelus Deyrolle, 1864 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Sulawesi, Indonesia

(plate 16)

- Body golden-green, elytra dark violet-blue with golden-green pattern of pair of large spots on humeri, two bands

near middle and posterior 1/4 widely interrupted near suture, and pair of small indistinct spots apically. Frons with

few big rounded superficial punctures, on vertex punctures denser and bigger, flat but rather distinct. 3.50-3.53

mm . Endelus nairaarum sp. nov. (Plate 16, fig. 2)

Acknowledgements

I would like to express my deepest gratitude to

M.Sc. Maxwell V.L.Barclay (BMNH), Vftezslav Kuban

and Dr. SvatoplukBily(NMPC)and Dr. EduardJendek

(Bratislava, SK) for their hospitality during my visits

to their beautiful countries and for giving me the

opportunity to study the specimens from collections

of their institutions and private collections. Special

thanks to Dr. Gayane H.Karagyan (Scientific Center

of Zoology and Hydroecology, Yerevan, AR) for her

inestimable contribution to the preparation of

figures for this article, and to Dr. Kirill V.Makarov

(Moscow State Pedagogical University, RU) for his

continuous help in preparation of the photographs

of beetles.

abstract).

Kerremans C. 1896. Enumeration des Buprestides

recueilles par M. le Docteur E. Modigliani a Sumatra

et dans les iles Mentawei. - Annali del Museo

Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, Serie 2, 16, No.

36: 361-371.

Thery A. 1932. Contribution a I’etude des especes du

genre Endelus H. Deyr. (Coleopt. Buprestidae). -

Novitates Entomologicae 2: 1-23.

Received: 15 March , 2011

Accepted: 15 May , 2011

References

Deyrolle H. 1864. Description des Buprestides de la

Malaisie recueillis par M. Wallace. - Annales de la

Societe Entomologique de Belgique 8: 1-272, 305-

312.

Fisher W.S. 1921. New Coleoptera from the Philippine

Islands. Family Buprestidae, tribe Agrilini. -

Philippine Journal of Science 18, No. 4: 349-447.

Kalashian M.Yu. 1995. Material on thefauna of buprestid

beetles (Coleoptera, Buprestidae) of Vietnam.

III. New species of the genus Endelus Deyrolle

from Vietnam and China. - Entomologicheskoe

Obozrenie 74, No. 2: 376-382 (in Russian English

abstract).

Kalashian M.Yu. 1997. New subgenus of Endelus

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) with description of three

new species from Vietnam and China. - Folia

Heyrovskyana 5, No. 2: 73-81.

Kalashian M.Yu. 1999a. New species of buprestid genus

Endelus Deyrolle (Coleoptera, Buprestidae) from

Southeast Asia. - Entomologicheskoe Obozrenie

78, No. 3: 629-635 (in Russian, English abstract).

Kalashian M.Yu. 1999b. New species of Aphanisticus

and Endelus (Coleoptera : Buprestidae) from South-

East Asia. - Folia Heyrovskyana 7, No. 5: 293-300.

Kalashian M.Yu. 2007. New species of buprestid genus

Endelus Deyrolle (Coleoptera, Buprestidae) from

China, India and Laos. - Entomologicheskoe

Obozrenie 86, No. 3: 655-664 (in Russian, English

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LATVIA

The Entomological Society of Latvia (ESL) was founded in 1951. The ESL has two subdivisions: the

Section of Coleopterology founded in 1996, and the Nature Research Division founded in 1999. The

Society has about 40 members from Latvia, and near 20 members from other countries.

The aims of the Society are: to promote development of entomology in Latvia, to popularise

entomological knowledge, to attract members active in fundamental and applied research in entomology,

to offer methodological assistance to educational institutions, and to develop international collaboration

in entomology and related disciplines.

The investigations carried out by Latvian entomologists are parts of research grants, international

projects, or through the initiative of individual members.

The main activities of Latvian entomologists are as follows:

♦ Publication of the journal ‘Latvijas Entomologs’. In 2011, the 50th issue appeared. The PDF files

are available at http://leb.daba.lv

♦ Participation in NGO activities via comments on drafts of legislative acts, particularly those

concerning protected species, and conservation of nature in forests and agricultural lands.

♦ Members of the Society are leaders in expertise concerning invertebrates in the NATURA2000

sites; they monitor species of EU importance and prepare basic information for reporting to the EU

Commission. Certified experts provide the needed expertise for the territories where any human

activities are planned.

♦ Every year the Society elects an ‘Insect of the Year’ and an ’Invertebrate of the year’, and distributes

knowledge about these particular species in mass media, museums, schools etc. The Society has

done this for the past 10 years.

♦ Members work with school children promoting the development of their first scientific studies. We

also participate in the Nights of Scientists.

♦ The Society organises excursions (in winter, spring and summer) to any of the protected territories

to get additional knowledge about the territory and to educate enthusiasts.

♦ The Society implements a limited number of research projects, mostly ordered by governmental

institutions.

♦ The Society maintains a library. The library has the largest collection of entomological literature in

Latvia, with more than 60 library exchange partners over the world.

Contact address:

c/o Faculty of Biology, Kronvalda bulvaris 4, LV-1586, Riga, Latvia

Tel.: (+371) 67034880; fax: (+371) 67830291; e-mail: adalia@lanet.lv

URL: http://leb.daba.lv

On-line application form:

Available in English, German and Latvian at

http://leb.daba.lv/membership.htm

88

Medvedev L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from insular systems of SE Asia

New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

from insular systems of SE Asia

Lev N. Medvedev

Severtsov Institute for Problems of Ecology and Evolution, Leninsky Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow,

Russia; lev.n.medvedev@mail.ru

Abstract: Ten new species of Alticinae are described from islands in South East Asia, mainly from Sulawesi:

Luperomorpha sulawesianus (Sulawesi), L. schawalleri (Borneo), Chabria riedeli (Sulawesi), Ch. luzonica (Luzon),

Paratonfania nigricollis, Argopistes bosi, Chilocoristes bipunctatus (all three - Sulawesi), Ch. sabahensis , Ch.

obscurus (both - Borneo), and Ch. laysi (Mindanao). A key to genus Chilocoristes Weise, 1895 from these islands is

given.

Keywords: Chrysomelidae, Alticinae, SE Asian islands, new species, identification key.

Introduction

Oriental Alticinae are still rather poorly studied.

For example, in the last monograph of Alticinae

of Indochina 504 species were recorded for this

region, amongthem 102 species (nearly 20%) were

described as new to science (Medvedev 2009a). A

similar or an even worse situation exists concerning

the fauna of some southeast Asian islands. During

two centuries only 15 species of Alticinae were

described or recorded from Sulawesi (Kimoto

2001), while in the last decade additional 16 new

species were found and described from this island

(Medvedev 2004; 2008; 2009b).

Below I present descriptions often new species

of Alticinae, amongthem 5 species from Sulawesi,

3 from Borneo, and 2 from the Philippines. In

addition, a key to genus Chilocoristes Weise, 1895

from SE Asian islands is given.

Material and methods

Standard taxonomical methods of study were

used. Body length measurements include head.

Male genitalia were fixed with water-soluble glue to

the specimen. Locality labels of the type material

are cited in the original version.

Acronyms of type material collections:

CLM - Collection Lev Medvedev, Moscow, Russia;

MZB - Zoological Museum Bogor/ Cibinong, Indonesia;

SMNS - Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Stuttgart;

ZIN - Zoological Institute, St. Petersburg, Russia.

o $

Taxonomical part

Chabria riedeli sp. nov.

Holotype $ SMNS, Sulawesi: Palu Palolo, Lindu, 25-27.

VIII. 1990, leg. A. Riedel.

Paratype 1$ CLM, same data as in holotype.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Named after

its first collector, Dr. Alexander Riedel (Staatliches

Museum fur Naturkunde, Karlsruhe).

Description: Fulvous; apex of maxillar

palpus, antennal segments 5-8, elytra, tibiae and

tarsi black; abdomen dark fulvous. Length of body

6.4-6. 5 mm. Body oval, 1.3 times as long as wide

(without head), with very convex, almost gibbous

elytra. Head impunctate, shining, interantennal

space broader than antennal insertion, frontal

tubercles triangular, poorly delimited posteriorly,

frons broad, almost 4 times as wide as transverse

diameter of eye. Antennae long, nitidiform, reaching

middle of elytra, segment proportions 10-3-9-7-7-7-

7-6-7-7-10, preapical segments about 3 times as

long as wide. Prothorax 1.8 times as wide as long,

broadest in middle, side margins feebly rounded,

anterior angles angulate, posterior obtuse, surface

shining, impunctate, with callus in posterior third

of side margin. Scutellum triangular with rounded

apex, impunctate. Proportions of elytral length,

width and height 50:44:25, surface without

humeral tubercle, shining, with microscopic and

very sparse punctures. Epipleurae uneven, with

transverse elevations. Wings absent.

Diagnosis: Similar to Chabria celebensis

(Jacoby, 1894), which however is winged, with

89

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

entirely fulvous legs and moderately convex elytra,

the proportions are 50:42:21 [this species was

originally described as Sutrea celebensis (Jacoby,

1894), nec Sphaeroderma celebense Jacoby,

1885].

Chabria luzonica sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Luzon, Laguna, Paete.

Derivatio nominis: Named after Luzon, the

island in the Philippines where it was found.

Description: Entirely pale flavous. Length

of body 5.2 mm. Body ovate, 1.6 times as long

(without head) as wide. Head shining, impunctate,

interantennal space as wide as antennal insertion,

frontal tubercles triangular, poorly delimited

posteriorly, frons about 2.5 times as wide as

transverse diameter of eye, transversely grooved

behind frontal tubercles. Antennae nitidiform,

almost reaching middle of elytra, segment

proportions 8-4-5-6-8-7-7-7-6-6-8, preapical

segment about 2.5 times as long as wide. Prothorax

1.8 times as wide as long, broadest behind middle,

side margins feebly rounded, anterior angles

angulate, hind angles almost rectangular, surface

shining, very finely and sparsely punctate, with

callus in posterior third of side margin, more deeply

separated near base. Scutellum triangular, with

feeble microsculpture. Elytra 1.2 times as long

as wide, surface with distinct humeral tubercle,

shining, with very fine and sparse punctures.

Epipleurae impunctate. Wings present. Aedeagus

parallel-sided, 4.75timesas long as wide in middle,

its apex in form of equidistant triangle, underside

convex, without any impressions (Fig. 1).

Diagnosis: There are now 5 winged species

with entirely fulvous or red body, all from the

Philippines. They might be divided as follows:

1 Body larger than 6.5 mm . 2

- Body smaller than 6 mm. Apex of aedeagus short

triangular . 4

2 Aedeagus short, distinctly widened to apex, with 3

ridges on underside. Body reddish fulvous with pale

flavous antennae. Prothorax without lateral callus.

Length 7.6 mm. Mindanao .

. Ch. mindanaica L. Medvedev, 2001

- Aedeagus long, parallel-sided with elongate triangular

apex. Prothorax with lateral callus at base . 3

3 Body pale flavous, including antennae. Prothorax with

lateral callus covering two thirds of base. Length 6.8-8.2

mm. Leyte, Luzon, Samar, Basilan, Mindanao .

. Ch. pallida L. Medvedev, 1993

- Body reddish fulvous with much more pale antennae.

Lateral callus of prothorax distinct only in basal quarter.

Length 6.7-78 mm . Ch. mimica L.Medvedev, 2002

4 Body red fulvous with pale antennae. Aedeagus

widened to apex, with impressions on underside before

apex. Length 5.5 mm. Mindanao .

. Ch. albicornis L.Medvedev, 2004

- Body including antennae pale flavous. Aedeagus

parallel-sided, without impressions on underside. Length

5.2 mm. Luzon . Ch. luzonica sp. nov.

Luperomorpha sulawesianus sp. nov.

Holotype § ZIN, Indonesia, Central Sulawesi, Kab.

Donggala Toro, 1°30’S, 120°2’E, 750-1000 m, on cacao

plantation, fogging off cacao, natural shade, 4.V.2005,

leg. M. Bos.

Pa raty pe 1$ MZB, Indonesia, Central Sulawesi, W.Lore

Linda NP, 120 km. S of Palu [nearly same locality as

holotype], 800-1000 m, fogging from Theobroma cacao,

30.IV.2005, leg. M. Bos.

Derivatio nominis: Named after Sulawesi,

the island of origin.

Description: Reddish fulvous; antennal

segments 60-11 piceous to black; scutellum

and elytra metallic green or bluish green; venter

black, legs fulvous with more or less darkened

metafemora. Length of body 3.1-3.4 mm. Head

impunctate, clypeus triangular and convex, with

straight anterior margin, frontal tubercles strongly

transverse. Antennae reaching humeral area,

segment proportions 9-3-3-5-6-6-6-6-6-6-9,

segments 4-11 widened, feebly serrate, preapical

segmentsabout 1.2 times as longas wide. Prothorax

1.5 times as wide, broadest at middle, anterior and

posterior margins straight, side margins rounded,

surface shining, finely and sparsely punctate.

Scutellum triangular, impunctate. Elytra 1.5 times

as long as wide, broadest in apical third, surface

shining, densely punctate, with sparse erect hairs

on apical slope. Segment 1 of metatarsus as long

as two following segments combined. Spermatheca

hook-like (Fig. 9).

Diagnosis: Resembles only L. aeneipennis

Chen, 1934 from the Himalayas, differs in feebly

serrate antennae and other sculpture of prothorax.

Luperomorpha schawalleri sp. nov.

Holotype S SMNS, Borneo: Sabah, Kinabalu N.P.:

Headquarters, 1500-1600 m, 11-15.XI.1996, leg. W.

Schawaller.

Paratypes 7 exx: ±S CLM, same locality and date as

in holotype; 1$ SMNS, Borneo: Sabah, Kinabalu N.P.:

Savap, 1000 m, 25-29.XI.1996, leg. Schawaller; 2 S

SMNS, Borneo: Sabah, Kinabalu N.P.: Headquaters,

Medvedev L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from insular systems of SE Asia

1500-1600 m, at light, 13.XI.1996, leg. D. Grimm;

IS SMNS, Borneo: Sabah, Crocker Range N.P., NW

Keningau, 900-1200 m, at light, 17.XI.1996, leg. D.

Grimm; 2$ CLM, Malaysia, Borneo, Sabah, Kinabalu

Mt., 1500 m, 6°0' N, 116°33' E, 01-08.VIII.2009, 0.

Gorbunov leg.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Named

after its first collector, Dr. Wolfgang Schawaller

(SMNS).

Description: Black; prothorax fulvous;

scutellum and elytra metallic blue or greenish

blue. Length of body 2.5-3.3 mm. Head impunctate

or with very fine and sparse punctures on vertex,

clypeus triangular, feebly convex, with straight

anterior margin, interantennal space with ridge

partly prolonged to clypeus, frontal tubercles

strongly transverse. Antennae reach middle of

elytra, segment proportions 10-4-3-8-8-8-8-8-

8-8-1, segments 4-11 widened, feebly serrate,

preapical segments twice as long as wide.

Prothorax 1.5 times as wide as long, broadest in

middle, anterior and posterior margins straight,

side margins rounded, surface shining, with very

fine and sparse punctation. Scutellum triangular,

impunctate. Elytra 1.4-1.5 times as long as wide,

broadest behind middle, surface shining, densely

punctate, with sparse erect hairs on apical slope.

Segment 1 of metatarsus as long as two next

combined. Aedeagus (Fig. 2) thin and long, with

triangular apex, underside longitudinally grooved in

basal two thirds.

Diagnosis: Near L sulawesianus (described

above), differs with black head, antennae and legs

as well as more elongate antennae.

Paratonfonia nigricollis sp. nov.

Holotype S SMNS, Sulawesi, Kotamobagu Mogoinding,

Gn. Ambang, 1100-1450 m, 6.XII.1999, leg. A. Riedel.

Paratypes 4exx: 2$, 1$ SMNS, IS CLM, same locality

and date as in holotype.

Derivatio nominis: The name refers to the

colour of the prothorax.

Description: Head and antennae fulvous;

prothorax and scutellum black; elytra bluish green;

underside dark fulvous with blackish metasternum

and the first abdominal sternite; legs fulvous with

blackish femora. Length of male 3.3-3.5 mm, of

female 3.5 mm. Body ovate, 1.5 times as long

as wide (without head), convex. Head shining,

impunctate, clypeus triangular, interantennal

space with obtuse ridge, frontal tubercles large,

convex and sharply delimited, with acute anterior

0~ , If!

JvL 1

angles. Antennae almost reaching middle of elytra,

segment proportions 11-5-5-5-6-6-8-9-9-10-11,

preapical segments about 2. 2-2.5 times as long

as wide. Prothorax 1.75 times as wide as long,

broadest before base, lateral margins very feebly

rounded, anterior angles broadly rounded, posterior

angles rectangular and bearing bristle, basal lobe

large and well developed, surface very finely and

sparsely punctate, with short longitudinal groove on

each side of base, but without impression on basal

lobe. Scutellum small, triangular with rounded apex.

Elytra 1.2 times as long as wide, broadest near

middle, surface shining, with moderately strong

and dense confused punctures, only on sides

arranged in two almost regular rows, interspaces

flat, with microscopic punctures, humeral tubercle

feeble. Segment 1 of pro- and mesotarsi of male

moderately thickened. Aedeagus (Fig. 3) parallel¬

sided with triangular apex, venter with longitudinal

ridge disappearing in anterior quarter and delimited

on sides with longitudinal impressions.

Diagnosis: This species seems to be

transitional between Philippine Tonfania Chen, 1936

and Paratonfania L.Medvedev, 1993. Paratonfania

differs from Tonfania by a rounded ovate body, and

having large, well developed, grooved basal lobe of

prothorax (Medvedev 1993). Our new species in

question has the main characters of Paratonfania

except groove on basal lobe. In any case it differs

significantly from all species of both these genera

with black prothorax and entirely metallic pattern

of elytra.

Argopistes bosi sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Indonesia, C. Sulawesi, W. Lore Lindu

NP, 120 km, S of Palu, 800-1000 m, natural forest,

canopy fogging, 27.IV.2005, leg. M. M. Bos.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Named

after its first collector, B.Bos (Berlin, Germany).

Description: Dorsum reddish fulvous;

antennae, venter and legs fulvous. Length of body

3.5 mm. Body almost round, 1.1 times as long as

wide. Head shining, very finely punctate, frontal

tubercle large, subtriangular, occupying entire width

of narrow frons, which is about half of transverse

diameter of eye. Antennae reaching anterior third

of elytra, segment proportions 11-5-5-7-7-6-6-6-

6-5-9, preapical segments 1.5 times as long as

wide. Prothorax 2.1 times as wide as long, anterior

margin practically straight, sides feebly arcuate,

anterior angles broadly rounded, posterior angles

obtuse, hind margin strongly arcuate, with distinct

basal lobe, surface shining, densely punctate,

— # ^

91

Telnov D. (ed.) 2011: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, Vol. I

with distinct and convex callus along side margin.

Scutellum small, triangular, impunctate. Elytra

1.1 times as wide as long, with thin regular rows

of punctures, interspaces flat and finely punctate,

expanded side margin about one third of elytral

width, weakly tapered posteriorly and densely

punctate. Apical tooth of metatibia acute, as long

as spur. Aedeagus (Fig. 4) double constricted in

apical third, venter with sharp transverse ridge

dividing these constrictions, preapical constriction

stronger, preapical area with sharp longitudinal

ridge and deep impression on each side.

Diagnosis: This fulvous species resembles

only A. pallida Baly, 1877 and A. beccarii Jacoby,

1896 (both from Sumatra) but differs immediately,

except smaller size and different arrangement of

elytral punctures, in having lateral calli on prothorax

and very specific form of aedeagus.

Chilocoristes bipunctatus sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Indonesia, Sulawesi Utara, Duluduo,

Taraut, 0°34’N, 123°54’E, 600 m, 17-23. IV.2008, leg.

0. Gorbunov.

Derivatio nominis: The name refers to the

elytral pattern.

Description: Reddish fulvous including

antennae; round spot in middle of elytra (Fig. 10),

venter except extreme apex of abdomen, meso- and

metafemora (except apices) as also tibiae black.

Length of body 4.7 mm. Body ovate, 1.1 times as

long as wide, strongly convex. Head impunctate,

clypeus with thin central ridge, frontal tubercles

rhomboidal, obliquely placed, well delimited,

frons a little wider than transverse diameter of

eye. Proportions of segments 1-3 are as 15-6-12

(remaining segments absent). Prothorax 2.7 times

as wide as long, broadest at base, anterior margin

almost straight, side margins short and very feebly

rounded, anterior angles rounded and produced

anteriorly, hind angles broadly rounded, posterior

margin strongly rounded, with feeble basal lobe,

surface shining, with fine and moderately dense

punctures. Scutellum small, triangular, impunctate.

Elytra 1.1 times as wide as long, confusedly

punctuate, with two more or less regular rows at

sides, expanded margin about 0.3 of elytron width,

strongly narrowed towards apex. Epipleurae broad,

narrowed apically, impunctate. Apical abdominal

sternite with narrow triangular impression. Tarsal

segment 3 almost 3 times as wide as segment 1.

Aedeagus (Fig. 5) narrow, about 8 times as long

as wide in middle, without any impressions on

underside.

Diagnosis: Near Ch. quinquemaculatus

Weise, 1909, differs in having only one black spot

on elytron, unusually placed just in centre, fulvous

prothorax and partly black mid and hind legs.

Chilocoristes obscurus sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Malaysia, Borneo, Sabah, Kinabalu

Mt., 1500 m, 6°0' N, 116° 33' E, 01-08.VIII.2009, 0.

Gorbunov leg.

Paratypes 2 exx: 1$ CLM, same locality and date as

in holotype; IS SMNS, Borneo: Sabah, Kinabalu N.P.:

Headquarters, 1500-1600 m, 11-15.XI.1996, leg. W.

Schawaller.

Derivatio nominis: The name refers to

black body colour.

Description: Black; anterior part of head

dark reddish; antennae, abdomen and legs

fulvous. Length of male 3.3 mm, of female 3.4

mm. Body almost round, 1.1 times as long as wide,

strongly convex. Head impunctate, clypeus sharply

triangular, uneven, with thin microsculpture,

antennal grooves deep and sharply delimited,

frontal tubercles transverse, obliquely oriented,

frons as wide as transverse diameter of eye, with

impression just behind frontal tubercles. Antennae

reaching humeral area, segment proportions 16-

5-4-4-3-3-3-3-3-3-8, segments 7-11 widened,

preapical segments feebly transverse. Prothorax

1.8 times as wide as long, anterior margin straight

with broadly rounded and produced anteriorly, side

margins almost straight, hind angles produced,

posterior margin strongly arcuate with well

developed basal lobe, surface shining, finely and

sparsely punctate. Scutellum small, triangular,

finely microsculptured. Elytra 1.1 times as wide

as long along suture, shining, with thin regular

rows of punctures and broad, flat and impunctate

interspaces, expanded margin about 0.3 of

elytron width, moderately narrowed posteriorly,

with confused punctures in outer half. Epipleurae

moderately widened to behind, impunctate. Last

abdominal sternite without impressions. Tarsal

segment 3 about 2.5 times as wide as segment

1. Aedeagus (Fig. 6) parallel-sided with triangular

apex, underside evenly convex.

Diagnosis: Differs immediately from all

species of the genus with regular rows of punctures

on elytra and black upperside.

Chilocoristes sabahensis sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Malaysia, Borneo, Sabah, Kinabalu

Mt., 1500 m, 6°0'N, 116° 33' E, 01-08.VIII.2009, 0.

Gorbunov leg.

92

Medvedev L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from insular systems of SE Asia

Derivatio nominis: Name is connected with

the type locality in broad sense.

Description: Fulvous; antennal segments

5-10, a common spot on elytra just behind

scutellum, large subquadrade humeral spot,

round spot behind middle of elytra (Fig. 11) black;

metasternum except anterior process piceous.

Length of body 3.2 mm. Body short ovate, 1.2 times

as long as wide, strongly convex. Head impunctate,

frontal tubercles small but well delimited, obliquely

placed, frons more narrow than transverse

diameter of eye. Antennae reach humeral area of

elytra, segment proportions 11-5-5-4-5-5-5-5-5-5-

10, segments 5-11 widened, preapical segments

slightly transverse. Prothorax twice as wide as

long, broadest near base, anterior margin almost

straight, side margins rounded, anterior angles

rounded and produced, hind angles obtusely

angulate, posterior margin broadly rounded with

rather small basal lobe, surface shining, sparsely

and very finely punctuate. Scutellum small,

triangular, with a few punctures. Elytra as wide as

long along suture, shining, confusedly punctate in

inner half and with 4-5 rather regular rows in outer

part, expanded margin about 0.2 of elytron width,

feebly narrowed to behind. Epipleurae strongly

narrowed to behind, with a row of punctures

along outer margin. Apical abdominal segment

with longitudinal impressed line in middle. Tarsal

segment 3 twice as wide as segment 1. Aedeagus

(Fig. 7) short and rather broad, about 3 times as

long as wide in middle, underside with small apical

groove prolonged in sharp ridge delimited on each

side with impressions.

Diagnosis: Near Ch. quinquemaculatus

Weise, 1909, differs with fulvous prothorax, bicolor

antennae and partly black underside.

Chilocoristes laysi sp. nov.

Holotype S ZIN, Philippines, Mindanao, S. Cotabato

Prov., Manobo Tosaday Forest Reserve, Mt. Tasaday,

1000-1100 m, 3. 11-10. III. 1991, leg. P. Lays.

Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Named

after its first collector, Pascal Lays (Belgium).

Description: Entirely fulvous. Length of body

3.9 mm. Body almost round, 1.1 times as long as

wide, strongly convex. Head impunctate, clypeus

in form of equidistant triangle, antennal furrow

deep, delimited on innerside with distinct ridge,

frontal tubercles small, rhomboidal, obliquely

placed and poorly delimited, frons as wide as

transverse diameter of eye. Antennae reach

humeral area, segment proportions 20-6-4-3-4-

5-6-6-6-6-9, segments 6-11 distinctly widened,

preapical segments as long as wide. Prothorax 2.4